1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17178 22152))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
70 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
71 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
72 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
74 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
79 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
80 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
82 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
85 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
86 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
88 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
89 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
91 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
92 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
94 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
96 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
97 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
99 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
100 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
102 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
103 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
104 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
105 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
106 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
109 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
111 If you use find-file.el:
112 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
113 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
114 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
115 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
116 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
118 If you use ada-xref.el:
119 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
120 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
121 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
127 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
128 ;;;;;; (17178 22152))
129 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
131 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
132 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
138 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
139 ;;;;;; (17178 22152))
140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
142 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
143 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
144 Completion is available.
146 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
150 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
151 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
152 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
153 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
154 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17178 22141))
155 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
157 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
158 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
159 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
160 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
162 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log")
164 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
165 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
166 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
168 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log")
170 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
171 *Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
172 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
173 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
174 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
175 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
177 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log")
179 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
180 Prompt for a change log name.
184 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
185 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
187 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
188 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
189 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
190 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
192 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
193 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
194 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
196 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
197 current buffer to the complete file name.
198 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
200 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
202 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
203 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
204 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
205 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
207 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
208 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
210 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
212 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
213 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
214 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
216 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
217 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
220 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
221 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
224 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
225 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
227 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
229 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
230 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
231 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
232 the change log file in another window.
234 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
235 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
237 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
238 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
239 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
240 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
241 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
242 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
243 \\{change-log-mode-map}
247 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
248 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
250 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
251 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
253 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
254 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
256 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
257 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
259 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
260 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
262 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
263 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
264 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
265 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
266 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
268 Has a preference of looking backwards.
272 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
273 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
274 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
275 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
278 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
279 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
281 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
283 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
284 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
290 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
291 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17178
293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
295 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
296 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
297 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
298 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
299 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
300 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
301 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
302 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
303 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
304 interpreted as `error'.")
306 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice")
308 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
309 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
310 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
311 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
312 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
313 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
314 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
315 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
317 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice")
319 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
320 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
321 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
322 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
323 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
324 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
325 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
326 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
327 will be overwritten with the new one.
328 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
329 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
330 will clear the cache.
332 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
334 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
335 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
336 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
338 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
339 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
342 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
343 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
344 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
345 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
346 see also `ad-add-advice'.
347 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
348 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
349 before/around/after-advices will be used.
350 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
351 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
352 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
353 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
354 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
357 Semantics of the various flags:
358 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
359 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
360 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
362 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
363 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
365 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
366 advised function should be compiled.
368 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
369 during activation until somebody enables it.
371 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
372 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
373 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
374 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
376 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
377 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
378 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
379 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
380 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
383 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
385 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
389 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
390 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
391 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17178 22141))
392 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
394 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
395 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
396 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
397 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
398 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
399 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
400 rule's `separate' attribute).
402 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
403 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
404 `separate' attribute set.
406 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
407 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
408 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
409 on the format of these lists.
411 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
413 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
414 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
415 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
416 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
417 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
418 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
419 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
420 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
421 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
422 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
425 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
426 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
430 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
433 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
434 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
435 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
473 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
480 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-init) "allout" "allout.el" (17178 22141))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
483 (autoload (quote allout-init) "allout" "\
484 Prime `allout-mode' to enable/disable auto-activation, wrt `allout-layout'.
486 MODE is one of the following symbols:
488 - nil (or no argument) deactivate auto-activation/layout;
489 - `activate', enable auto-activation only;
490 - `ask', enable auto-activation, and enable auto-layout but with
491 confirmation for layout operation solicited from user each time;
492 - `report', just report and return the current auto-activation state;
493 - anything else (eg, t) for auto-activation and auto-layout, without
494 any confirmation check.
496 Use this function to setup your Emacs session for automatic activation
497 of allout outline mode, contingent to the buffer-specific setting of
498 the `allout-layout' variable. (See `allout-layout' and
499 `allout-expose-topic' docstrings for more details on auto layout).
501 `allout-init' works by setting up (or removing)
502 `allout-find-file-hook' in `find-file-hook', and giving
503 `allout-auto-activation' a suitable setting.
505 To prime your Emacs session for full auto-outline operation, include
506 the following two lines in your Emacs init file:
511 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
515 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
516 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17178 22151))
517 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
519 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
521 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
522 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
523 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
524 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
525 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
526 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
528 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
530 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
533 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
537 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
538 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17178 22152))
539 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
541 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
542 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
543 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
544 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
545 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
546 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
547 in the current window.
549 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
551 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
552 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
553 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
555 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
557 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
558 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
559 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
561 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
565 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
566 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17178 22141))
567 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
569 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
570 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
574 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
575 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
577 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
578 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
579 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
580 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
582 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
583 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
585 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
587 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
591 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
592 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17178 22152))
593 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
595 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
596 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
597 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
598 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
599 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
602 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
603 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
604 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
607 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
608 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
609 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
610 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
614 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
615 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
620 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
621 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
622 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
628 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
629 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
630 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
631 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17178 20480))
632 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
634 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
635 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
636 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
637 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
639 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt")
641 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
642 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
644 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt")
646 (defvar appt-audible t "\
647 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
649 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt")
651 (defvar appt-visible t "\
652 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
653 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
655 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt")
657 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
658 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
659 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
661 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt")
663 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
664 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
665 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
667 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt")
669 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
670 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
671 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
673 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt")
675 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
676 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
677 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
679 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt")
681 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
682 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
683 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
685 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
687 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
688 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
692 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
693 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
694 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
695 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
696 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
697 NUMBER hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
698 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
700 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
703 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
704 appointment package (if it is not already active).
708 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
709 Toggle checking of appointments.
710 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
711 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
713 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
717 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
718 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable) "apropos" "apropos.el"
719 ;;;;;; (17178 22141))
720 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
722 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
723 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
724 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
727 \(fn REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
729 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
731 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
732 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
733 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
734 noninteractive functions.
736 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
737 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
739 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
741 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
742 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
744 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
746 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
747 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
748 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
749 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
750 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
752 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
754 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
755 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
756 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
757 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
758 Returns list of symbols and values found.
760 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
762 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
763 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
764 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
765 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
767 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
769 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
773 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17178
775 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
777 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
778 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
779 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
780 Letters no longer insert themselves.
781 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
782 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
784 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
785 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
790 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
794 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17178 22141))
795 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
797 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
798 Major mode for editing arrays.
800 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
801 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
802 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
804 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
806 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
807 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
808 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
810 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
811 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
812 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
813 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
816 Variables you assign:
817 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
818 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
819 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
820 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
821 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
822 row numbers in the buffer.
824 Variables which are calculated:
825 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
826 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
828 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
829 take a numeric prefix argument):
831 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
832 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
833 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
834 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
836 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
837 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
838 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
839 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
841 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
842 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
843 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
844 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
846 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
847 between that of point and mark.
849 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
850 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
852 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
853 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
854 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
855 newlines inside rows)
857 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
859 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
865 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17178
867 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
869 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
870 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
871 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
872 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
874 How to quit artist mode
876 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
879 How to submit a bug report
881 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
884 Drawing with the mouse:
887 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
888 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
892 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
895 Operation Not shifted Shifted
896 --------------------------------------------------------------
897 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
899 --------------------------------------------------------------
900 Line Line in any direction Straight line
901 --------------------------------------------------------------
902 Rectangle Rectangle Square
903 --------------------------------------------------------------
904 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
905 --------------------------------------------------------------
906 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
907 --------------------------------------------------------------
908 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
909 --------------------------------------------------------------
910 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
911 --------------------------------------------------------------
912 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
913 --------------------------------------------------------------
914 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
916 --------------------------------------------------------------
917 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
918 --------------------------------------------------------------
919 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
920 --------------------------------------------------------------
922 --------------------------------------------------------------
923 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
924 --------------------------------------------------------------
926 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
929 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
930 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
931 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
932 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
935 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
936 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
937 overwrite means the opposite.
939 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
940 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
941 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
943 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
945 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
946 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
948 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
949 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
950 are currently drawing something.
952 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
956 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
957 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
962 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
964 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
966 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
968 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
970 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
971 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
973 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
978 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
979 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
980 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
981 When erase characters: toggles erasing
982 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
985 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
987 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
989 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
990 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
991 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
992 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
993 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
994 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
999 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1000 of the line/poly-line
1002 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1003 of the line/poly-line
1008 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1010 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1011 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1012 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1013 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1014 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1015 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1016 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1017 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1018 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1019 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1020 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1021 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1022 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1023 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1024 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1025 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1026 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1027 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1028 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1029 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1034 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1035 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1037 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1038 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1039 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1040 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1041 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1042 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1043 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1044 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1045 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1046 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1047 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1048 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1049 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1050 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1051 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1052 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1053 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1054 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1055 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1059 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1060 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1067 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1071 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17178
1073 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1075 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1076 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1077 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1079 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1080 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1081 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1082 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1084 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1085 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1087 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1088 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1090 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1099 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1100 ;;;;;; (17178 20481))
1101 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1103 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1106 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1108 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1109 This command is obsolete.
1115 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1116 ;;;;;; (17178 22141))
1117 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1119 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1120 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1121 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1123 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg")
1125 (put (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1127 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1128 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1129 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1130 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1131 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1132 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1133 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1134 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1135 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1136 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1139 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1140 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1141 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1142 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1143 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1145 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1149 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1150 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1151 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1152 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1153 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1155 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg")
1157 (put (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1159 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1160 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1161 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1162 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1163 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1164 &c to supply digit arguments.
1166 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1172 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1173 ;;;;;; (17178 22152))
1174 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1176 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1177 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1183 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1184 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17178 22141))
1185 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1187 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1188 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1189 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1193 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1194 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1195 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1196 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1198 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1200 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1201 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1202 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1203 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1204 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1206 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert")
1208 (put (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1210 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1211 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1212 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1213 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1215 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1216 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1222 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1223 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1224 ;;;;;; (17178 22143))
1225 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1227 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1228 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1229 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1230 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1231 save the buffer too.
1233 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1235 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1237 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1238 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1239 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work.
1240 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1241 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1242 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1244 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1245 directory or directories specified.
1247 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1249 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1250 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1251 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1257 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1258 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1259 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17178 22141))
1260 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1262 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1263 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1265 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1266 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1267 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1268 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1269 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1271 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1273 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1274 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1276 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1277 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1281 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1282 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1283 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1285 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1286 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1287 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1288 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1289 reflected in the current buffer.
1291 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1292 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1293 writing before you save the file!
1295 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1299 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1300 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1302 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1303 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1307 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1308 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1309 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1310 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1311 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1313 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1315 (put (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1317 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1318 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1320 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1321 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1322 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1328 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1329 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17178 22141))
1330 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1332 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1333 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1334 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1335 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1336 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1338 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid")
1340 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1341 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1342 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1343 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1345 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1346 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1347 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1349 Effects of the different modes:
1350 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1351 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1352 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1353 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1354 a random distance & direction.
1355 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1356 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1357 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1359 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1361 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1362 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1363 definition of \"random distance\".)
1365 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1369 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1370 ;;;;;; (17178 22143))
1371 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1373 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1374 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1376 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1377 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1381 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1382 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1383 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1384 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1386 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1388 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1390 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1394 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1395 ;;;;;; (17178 22141))
1396 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1397 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1399 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1400 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1401 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1402 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1406 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1407 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1408 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1409 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1410 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1412 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery")
1414 (put (quote display-battery-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1416 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1417 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1418 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1419 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1420 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1423 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1427 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1428 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17178 22143))
1429 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1431 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1432 Time execution of FORMS.
1433 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1434 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1436 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1437 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1438 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1440 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1442 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1443 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1444 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1445 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1446 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1448 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1450 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1451 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1452 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1453 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1454 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1456 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1460 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17178
1462 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1464 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1465 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1467 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1469 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1470 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1471 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1472 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1474 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1475 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1476 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1477 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1478 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1480 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1481 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1484 Special information:
1486 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1488 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1489 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1490 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1491 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1492 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1493 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1494 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1495 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1496 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1497 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1498 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1500 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1501 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1502 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1503 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1504 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1505 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1506 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1507 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1509 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1511 ----------------------------------------------------------
1512 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1513 if that value is non-nil.
1521 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1522 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1523 ;;;;;; (17178 22145))
1524 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1526 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1528 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1529 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1530 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1532 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1534 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1535 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1537 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1539 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1540 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1542 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1546 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17178
1548 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1550 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1552 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1556 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1557 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1558 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1559 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1560 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1565 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1566 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1569 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1572 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1573 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1575 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1576 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1578 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1579 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1580 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1581 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1582 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1583 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1587 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1589 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1590 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1591 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1592 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1594 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1595 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1596 denoted by the letter `R'.
1598 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1599 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1600 denoted by the letter `H'.
1602 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1605 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1606 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1607 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1608 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1609 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1610 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1613 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1614 degree deflection it causes.
1617 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1618 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1619 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1620 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1621 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1622 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1623 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1624 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1627 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1628 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1631 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1632 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1633 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1634 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1635 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1636 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1637 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1638 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1640 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1641 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1642 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1643 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1644 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1645 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1646 emerging from the box.
1648 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1650 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1651 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1652 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1653 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1654 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1655 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1656 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1657 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1659 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1666 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1667 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1668 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1669 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17178 22141))
1670 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1671 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1672 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1673 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1675 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1676 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1677 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1678 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1679 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1680 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1681 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
1682 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
1683 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
1684 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
1685 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
1686 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
1687 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
1688 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
1689 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
1690 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
1691 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
1692 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
1693 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
1695 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1696 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1697 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1698 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1699 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1700 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1701 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1702 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1705 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1706 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1707 yank successive words.
1709 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1710 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1711 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1712 name of the file being visited.
1714 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1715 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1716 the list of bookmarks.)
1718 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1720 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1721 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1722 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1723 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1724 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1727 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1728 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
1729 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1730 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1732 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1734 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1735 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1736 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1737 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1738 after a bookmark was set in it.
1740 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1742 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1743 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1744 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1745 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1747 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
1749 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1751 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1752 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1753 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1754 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1756 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1757 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1758 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1760 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1761 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1764 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
1766 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1767 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1768 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1769 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1770 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1773 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1775 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1776 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1777 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1778 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1779 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1780 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1781 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1782 probably because we were called from there.
1784 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
1786 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1787 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1788 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
1792 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1793 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1794 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1795 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1798 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
1799 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1800 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1801 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1802 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1804 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1805 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1806 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1807 `bookmark-default-file'.
1809 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
1811 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1812 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1813 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1814 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1815 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1818 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1819 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1820 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1821 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1822 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1825 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1826 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1827 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1828 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
1830 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
1832 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1833 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1834 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1835 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1836 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
1840 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1842 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1844 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
1846 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
1850 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1851 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1852 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1853 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1854 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1855 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1856 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1857 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
1858 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
1859 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17178 22151))
1860 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1862 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
1863 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1864 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1865 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1867 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1868 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1869 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1870 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1871 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1873 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
1875 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
1876 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
1878 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url")
1880 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
1881 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
1883 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url")
1885 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1890 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1891 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1892 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1893 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1894 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1895 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
1897 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
1899 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1900 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1901 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1902 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1905 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
1907 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1908 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
1912 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1913 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
1915 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
1917 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1918 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1919 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1920 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1922 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
1924 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1925 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1926 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1927 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1929 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1931 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1932 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1933 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1934 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1935 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1940 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1941 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1942 Default to the URL around or before point.
1944 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1945 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
1946 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1947 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1949 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1950 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1952 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
1953 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
1954 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
1956 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
1958 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1959 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1960 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1961 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1963 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1964 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1965 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1966 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1968 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
1969 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
1970 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
1972 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1973 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1975 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1977 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
1978 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
1979 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1980 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
1982 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1983 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
1984 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1985 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1987 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1988 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1989 new tab in an existing window instead.
1991 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1992 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1994 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1996 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
1997 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
1998 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
1999 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2002 When called interactively, if variable
2003 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2004 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2005 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2006 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2008 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2009 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2010 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2012 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2013 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2015 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2016 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2017 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2018 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2019 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2020 URL in a new window.
2022 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2024 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2025 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2026 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2027 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2029 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2030 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2031 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2032 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2034 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2035 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2036 new tab in an existing window instead.
2038 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2039 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2041 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2043 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2044 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2045 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2046 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2048 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2049 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2050 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2051 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2053 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2054 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2056 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2058 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2059 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2061 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2062 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2063 program is invoked according to the variable
2064 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2066 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2067 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2068 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2069 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2071 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2072 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2074 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2076 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2077 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2078 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2079 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2081 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2083 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2084 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2085 Default to the URL around or before point.
2087 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2088 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2089 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2091 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2092 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2093 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2094 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2096 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2097 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2099 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2101 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2102 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2103 Default to the URL around or before point.
2105 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2107 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2108 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2109 Default to the URL around or before point.
2111 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2112 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2113 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2115 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2116 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2118 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2120 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2121 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2122 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2123 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2125 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2127 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2128 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2129 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2130 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2131 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2133 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2135 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2136 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2137 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2138 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2140 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2141 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2142 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2143 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2145 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2146 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2148 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2150 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2151 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2152 Default to the URL around or before point.
2154 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2156 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2157 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2158 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2159 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2160 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2163 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2164 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2165 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2166 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2168 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2169 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2171 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2173 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2174 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2175 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2176 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2177 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2178 don't offer a form of remote control.
2180 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2182 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2183 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2184 Default to the URL around or before point.
2186 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2190 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17178
2192 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2194 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2195 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2199 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2200 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2206 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2207 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17178 22141))
2208 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2210 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2211 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2212 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2213 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2217 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2218 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2219 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2220 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2224 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2225 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2229 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2230 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2232 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2233 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2234 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2235 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2237 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2238 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2239 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2240 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2241 name of buffer configuration.
2247 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2248 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17178
2250 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2252 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2253 Keymap used by buttons.")
2255 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2256 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2257 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2259 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2260 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2261 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2262 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2263 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2264 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2266 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2267 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2268 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2269 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2271 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2273 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2274 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2275 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2276 specifying properties to add to the button.
2277 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2278 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2279 `define-button-type'.
2281 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2283 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2285 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2286 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2287 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2288 specifying properties to add to the button.
2289 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2290 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2291 `define-button-type'.
2293 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2295 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2297 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2298 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2299 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2300 specifying properties to add to the button.
2301 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2302 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2303 `define-button-type'.
2305 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2306 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2307 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2310 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2312 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2314 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2315 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2316 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2317 specifying properties to add to the button.
2318 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2319 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2320 `define-button-type'.
2322 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2323 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2324 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2325 `insert-text-button'.
2327 Also see `make-text-button'.
2329 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2333 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2334 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2335 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2336 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2337 ;;;;;; (17178 22144))
2338 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2340 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2341 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2342 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2344 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2346 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2347 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2348 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2349 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2351 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2352 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2353 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2354 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2355 whether to compile it.
2357 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2359 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2360 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2362 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2364 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2365 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2366 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2367 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2368 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2370 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2372 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2373 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2374 Print the result in the echo area.
2375 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2379 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2380 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2381 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2383 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2385 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2386 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2387 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2388 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2389 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2390 all functions called by those functions.
2392 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2393 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2396 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2397 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2398 invoked interactively.
2400 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2402 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2403 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2404 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2405 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2409 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2410 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2411 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2412 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2413 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2414 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2415 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2418 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2420 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2421 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2422 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2423 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2425 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17178 20480))
2430 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2432 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2434 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2438 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2439 ;;;;;; (17178 22142))
2440 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2442 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2443 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2444 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2445 from the cursor position.
2447 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2451 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2452 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2453 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2454 ;;;;;; (17178 22142))
2455 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2457 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2458 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2460 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc")
2461 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2463 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2464 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2468 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2469 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2471 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2473 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2474 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2476 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2478 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2479 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2483 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2484 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2485 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2486 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2488 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2490 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2491 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2492 This is most useful in the X window system.
2493 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2494 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2496 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2498 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2499 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2500 See calc-keypad for details.
2502 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2504 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2505 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2507 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2509 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2510 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2512 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2514 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2515 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2517 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2519 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2520 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2521 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2523 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2525 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2528 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2532 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17178
2534 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2536 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2537 Run the Emacs calculator.
2538 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2544 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2545 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2546 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2547 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2548 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2549 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2550 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2551 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2552 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2553 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2554 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2555 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2556 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2557 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2558 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2559 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2560 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset)
2561 ;;;;;; "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (17178 22143))
2562 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2564 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2565 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2566 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2567 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2570 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2572 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2573 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2574 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2575 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2576 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2577 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2579 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2581 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2582 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2583 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2584 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2585 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2586 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2587 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2589 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2590 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2591 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2592 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2593 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2595 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2596 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2597 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2599 (custom-autoload (quote number-of-diary-entries) "calendar")
2601 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2602 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2603 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2605 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2607 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2608 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2609 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2611 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2613 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2614 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2615 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2618 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2620 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2621 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2622 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2624 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2626 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2627 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2628 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2630 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2632 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2634 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2635 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2636 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2638 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2641 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2643 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2644 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2645 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2647 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2650 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2652 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2653 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2654 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2656 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2659 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2661 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2662 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2663 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2665 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2667 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2668 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2669 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2670 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2671 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2673 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2675 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2676 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2677 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2678 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2679 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2680 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2681 a function is also provided for this:
2682 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2684 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2685 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2686 date is not visible in the window.
2688 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2689 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2690 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2692 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2694 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2695 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2697 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2698 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2699 date is visible in the window.
2701 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2702 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2703 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2705 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2707 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2708 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2712 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2714 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2716 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
2718 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2719 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2721 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
2722 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
2730 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
2731 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
2732 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
2733 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
2734 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
2735 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
2736 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
2737 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
2738 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
2739 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
2740 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
2741 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
2744 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
2745 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
2746 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
2747 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
2755 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2756 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2758 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2759 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2760 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2761 window but will appear in a diary window.
2763 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2764 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2766 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2767 entries (in the default American style):
2769 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2770 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2771 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2773 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2774 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2775 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2776 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2777 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2778 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2779 &* 15 time cards due.
2781 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2782 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2783 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2787 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2788 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2789 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2790 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2791 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2792 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2794 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2795 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2796 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2798 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2800 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2802 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
2803 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
2804 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
2805 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
2806 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2807 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2808 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2809 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
2810 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
2811 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
2814 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
2815 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
2816 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
2817 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
2818 documentation for these functions for details.
2820 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2821 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2823 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
2825 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2826 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2828 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
2830 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2831 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2833 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2835 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2836 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2838 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2840 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
2841 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
2843 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2845 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2846 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2847 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2849 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
2851 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2852 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2853 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2855 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2857 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2858 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2859 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
2860 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
2863 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
2865 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2866 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2867 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2868 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
2877 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
2878 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
2879 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period. To take effect,
2880 this variable should be set before the calendar package and its associates
2881 are loaded. Otherwise, use one of the functions `european-calendar' or
2882 `american-calendar' to force the appropriate update.")
2884 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
2886 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2887 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2888 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2890 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2892 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2893 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2894 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2896 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2898 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2899 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2900 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2902 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2904 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2905 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2906 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2908 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2910 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2911 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2912 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2913 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2914 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2915 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2917 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2919 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2920 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2921 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2923 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2924 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2925 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2928 #include \"filename\"
2930 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2931 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2932 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2933 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2934 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2936 For example, you could use
2938 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2939 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2940 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2942 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2943 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2944 lexicographic order.")
2946 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2948 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2949 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2950 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2952 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
2954 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2955 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2956 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2959 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2960 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2961 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2962 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2963 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2964 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2965 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2967 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2968 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2969 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2970 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2971 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2972 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2973 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2974 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2976 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
2978 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2979 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2980 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
2981 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
2982 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
2983 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2984 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2986 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
2988 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2989 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2991 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2992 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2993 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2995 #include \"filename\"
2996 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2997 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2998 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2999 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3000 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3002 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3004 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3005 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3006 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3007 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3008 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3009 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3010 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3012 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
3014 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3015 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3016 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3019 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
3021 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3022 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3023 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3024 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3025 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3027 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
3029 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3031 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3032 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3033 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3035 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
3037 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3039 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3041 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3043 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
3045 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3047 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3049 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3051 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
3053 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3055 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3056 *User defined holidays.
3057 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3059 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
3061 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3063 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3065 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3067 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3069 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3071 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3073 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3075 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3077 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3079 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3081 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3083 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3085 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3087 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3088 *Christian holidays.
3089 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3091 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3093 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3095 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3097 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3099 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3101 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3103 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3105 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3107 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar")
3109 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3111 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3112 *Sun-related holidays.
3113 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3115 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3117 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3119 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3120 The frame setup of the calendar.
3121 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3122 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3123 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3124 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3125 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3127 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar")
3129 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3130 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3131 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3133 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3134 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3136 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3138 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3139 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3140 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3142 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3143 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3144 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3145 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3147 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
3151 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3152 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17178 22145))
3153 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3155 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3156 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3158 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3160 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3161 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3162 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3165 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3169 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3170 ;;;;;; (17178 22152))
3171 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3173 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3174 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3175 This function does not do any hidden buffer changes.
3181 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3182 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3183 ;;;;;; (17178 22152))
3184 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3186 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3187 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3188 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3189 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3190 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3191 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3192 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3194 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3196 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3197 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3198 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3199 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3200 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3201 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3202 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3203 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3205 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3206 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3207 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3208 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3209 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3210 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3212 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3214 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3215 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3222 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3223 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3225 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3226 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3227 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3228 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3229 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3230 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3233 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3235 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3236 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3243 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3244 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3245 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3247 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3248 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3249 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3250 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3251 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3252 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3255 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3257 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3258 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3265 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3266 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3267 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3269 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3270 Major mode for editing Java code.
3271 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3272 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3273 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3274 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3277 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3279 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3280 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3287 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3288 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3289 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3291 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3292 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3293 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3294 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3295 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3296 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3299 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3301 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3302 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3309 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3310 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3311 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3312 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3314 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3315 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3316 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3317 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3318 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3319 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3322 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3324 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3325 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3331 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3332 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3333 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3334 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3335 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3336 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3340 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3341 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17178 22152))
3342 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3344 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3345 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
3346 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
3347 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
3348 for details of setting up styles.
3350 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
3353 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
3354 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
3355 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
3356 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
3359 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
3360 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
3361 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
3362 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
3363 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
3366 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
3367 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
3368 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
3369 when used elsewhere.
3371 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3373 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3374 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3375 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3376 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3378 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3380 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3381 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3382 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3384 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3386 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3387 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3388 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3389 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3390 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3392 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3396 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3397 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3398 ;;;;;; (17178 20480))
3399 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3401 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3402 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3404 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3406 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3407 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3409 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3411 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3412 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3414 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3415 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3416 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3417 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3420 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3422 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3424 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3425 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3427 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3428 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3432 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3433 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3434 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3435 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3436 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3439 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3440 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3441 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3442 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3444 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3445 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3448 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3450 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3452 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3455 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3456 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3458 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3459 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3460 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3463 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3465 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3466 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3467 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3469 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3471 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3473 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3474 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3476 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3480 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3482 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3484 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3485 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3488 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3489 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3492 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3494 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3495 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3496 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3497 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3498 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3499 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3500 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3501 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3502 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3503 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3504 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3505 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3506 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3507 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3508 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3509 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3512 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3513 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3515 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3516 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3518 | (write EXPRESSION)
3519 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3520 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3523 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3526 ;; Same as: (write string)
3528 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3529 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3530 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3533 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3534 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3535 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3536 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3537 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3538 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3540 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3541 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3543 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3546 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3547 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3548 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3550 ARG := REG | integer
3553 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3556 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3559 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3562 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3563 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3566 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3567 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3568 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3571 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3572 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3573 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3576 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3577 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3579 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3580 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3581 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3584 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3585 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3588 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3589 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3591 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3594 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3598 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3599 ;; Same meaning as C code
3600 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3602 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3607 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3608 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3611 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3612 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3616 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3620 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3621 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3622 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3624 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3625 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3626 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3628 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3629 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3630 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3631 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3632 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3635 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3637 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3638 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3639 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3640 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3641 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3642 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3644 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3646 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3647 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3648 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3650 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3652 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3656 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3657 ;;;;;; (17178 22152))
3658 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3660 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
3661 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3662 There are no special keybindings by default.
3664 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3665 to the action header.
3671 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3672 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3673 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3674 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3675 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3676 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3677 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3678 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3679 ;;;;;; (17178 22144))
3680 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3682 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3683 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3684 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3685 the users will view as each check is completed.
3689 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3690 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3691 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3692 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3693 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3694 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3695 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3696 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3698 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3700 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3701 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3702 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3703 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3704 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3705 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3706 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3707 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3709 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3711 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3712 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3713 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3714 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3715 spacing are all verified.
3719 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3720 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3721 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3722 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3723 otherwise stop after the first error.
3725 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3727 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3728 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3729 Only documentation strings are checked.
3730 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3731 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3734 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3736 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3737 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3738 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3739 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3740 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3742 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3744 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3745 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3746 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3747 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3750 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3752 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3753 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3754 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3755 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3757 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3759 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3761 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3762 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3763 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3765 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3767 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3768 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3769 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3770 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3771 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3775 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3776 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3777 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3778 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3779 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3780 space at the end of each line.
3782 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3784 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3785 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3786 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3787 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3789 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3791 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3792 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3793 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3794 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3796 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3798 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3799 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3800 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3801 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3803 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3805 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3806 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3807 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3808 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3810 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3812 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3813 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3814 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3815 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3817 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3819 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3820 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3821 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3822 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3824 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3826 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3827 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3828 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3829 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3831 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3833 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3834 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3835 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3836 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3838 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3840 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3841 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3842 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3843 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3845 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3847 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3848 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3849 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3851 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3852 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3853 checking of documentation strings.
3855 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3861 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3862 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17178
3864 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3866 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3867 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3868 Return the length of resulting text.
3870 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3872 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3873 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3877 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3878 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3879 Return the length of resulting text.
3881 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3883 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3884 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3890 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3891 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17178 22143))
3892 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3894 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3895 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3896 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3897 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3898 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3899 editing and the result is evaluated.
3901 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3903 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3904 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3905 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3906 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3907 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3909 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3913 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3914 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3915 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3916 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3917 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3919 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3920 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3921 \\{command-history-map}
3923 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3924 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17178 22144))
3931 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3933 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3934 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3935 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3936 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3937 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3938 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3940 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3941 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3945 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3946 ;;;;;; (17178 22144))
3947 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3949 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
3952 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3956 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3957 ;;;;;; (17178 22153))
3958 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3960 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3961 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3962 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3963 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3965 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3966 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3967 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3968 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3970 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3971 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3973 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3977 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17178
3979 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3981 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3982 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3983 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3984 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3985 of `scheme-program-name').
3986 If a file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' exists, it is given as initial input.
3987 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3988 discards input when it starts up.
3989 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3991 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3994 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3998 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
3999 ;;;;;; (17178 22146))
4000 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4002 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4003 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4004 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4005 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4006 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4008 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4010 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4011 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4012 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4013 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4014 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4015 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4016 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4017 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4018 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4019 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4020 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4021 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4022 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4023 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4024 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4025 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4026 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4027 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4028 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4029 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4030 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4031 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4032 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4033 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4034 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4035 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4036 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4037 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4038 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4039 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4040 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4041 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4042 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4043 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4044 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4045 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4046 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4050 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4051 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4052 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17178 20480))
4053 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4055 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4056 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4057 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4060 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4061 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4062 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4063 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4065 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4067 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4068 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4069 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4071 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4073 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4074 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4075 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4077 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4079 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4080 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4081 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4083 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4085 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4086 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4088 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4089 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4090 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4092 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4093 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4097 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4098 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4100 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4101 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4102 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4104 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4108 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4109 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4110 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4111 ;;;;;; (17178 22143))
4112 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4114 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4115 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4116 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4117 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4118 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4119 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4120 functions have already modified the buffer.
4122 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4124 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4125 either globally or locally.")
4127 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4129 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4130 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4131 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4132 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4133 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4134 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4135 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4136 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4138 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4140 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4142 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4143 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4144 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4145 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4146 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4147 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4148 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4149 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4151 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4153 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4155 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4156 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4157 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4158 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4159 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4160 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4162 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4164 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4165 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4166 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4167 directory tracking functions.")
4169 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4170 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4171 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4173 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4175 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4177 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4178 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4179 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4181 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4183 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4185 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4186 Send COMMAND to current process.
4187 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4188 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4190 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4192 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4193 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4194 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4195 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4197 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4201 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17178
4203 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4205 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4206 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4207 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4208 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4210 This command pushes the mark in each window
4211 at the prior location of point in that window.
4212 If both windows display the same buffer,
4213 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4214 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4216 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4217 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4218 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4219 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4220 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4221 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4222 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4225 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4226 this command work in interlaced mode:
4227 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4228 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4229 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4231 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4235 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4236 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4237 ;;;;;; compile compilation-search-path compilation-ask-about-save
4238 ;;;;;; compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook) "compile"
4239 ;;;;;; "progmodes/compile.el" (17178 22153))
4240 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4242 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4243 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4245 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4247 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4248 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4250 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4252 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4253 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4254 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4255 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4256 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4257 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4258 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4260 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4261 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4262 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4263 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4264 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4266 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4267 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4268 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4269 describing how the process finished.")
4271 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4272 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4273 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4274 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4276 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4277 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4278 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4280 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4282 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4283 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4284 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4285 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4287 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4289 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4290 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4291 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4292 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4294 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4295 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4297 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4298 and move to the source code that caused it.
4300 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4301 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4302 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4303 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4305 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4306 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4307 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4308 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4311 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4312 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4313 to a function that generates a unique name.
4315 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4317 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4318 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4319 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4320 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4322 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4323 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4324 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4325 to determine the buffer name.
4327 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4328 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4329 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4331 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4333 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4335 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4336 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4337 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4338 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4339 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4341 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4343 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4345 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4347 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4348 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4349 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4350 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4351 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4352 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4353 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4355 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4357 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4358 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4359 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4360 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4361 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4362 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4364 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4366 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4367 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4368 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4370 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4372 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4376 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4377 ;;;;;; (17178 22143))
4378 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4380 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4381 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4382 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4383 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4384 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4386 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4388 (put (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
4390 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4391 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4392 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4394 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4395 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4396 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4397 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4399 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4400 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4401 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4402 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4404 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4405 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4406 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4407 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4413 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4414 ;;;;;; (17178 22143))
4415 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4417 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4418 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4424 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4425 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4426 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4427 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17178 22143))
4428 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4430 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4431 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4432 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4433 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4436 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4438 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4439 | | 1:tc or top-center
4440 | | 2:tr or top-right
4441 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4442 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4443 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4444 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4445 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4446 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4448 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4449 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4450 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4451 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4454 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4455 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4456 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4458 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4462 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4466 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4469 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4470 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4471 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4472 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4474 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4476 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4477 Compose characters in the current region.
4479 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4480 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4482 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4484 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4485 specifying the region.
4487 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4488 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4489 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4491 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4492 of the text in the region.
4494 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4496 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4497 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4498 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4499 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4501 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4502 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4505 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4506 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4507 text in the composition.
4509 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4511 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4512 Decompose text in the current region.
4514 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4515 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4517 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4519 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4520 Compose characters in string STRING.
4522 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4523 the characters in it.
4525 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4526 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4527 STRING respectively.
4529 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4530 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4531 `compose-region' for more detail.
4533 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4534 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4535 text in the composition.
4537 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4539 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4540 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4542 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4544 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4545 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4546 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4547 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4548 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4549 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4550 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4551 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4553 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4555 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4556 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4558 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4559 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4561 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4562 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4564 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4565 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4567 If no composition is found, return nil.
4569 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4570 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4572 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4573 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4574 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4576 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4578 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4580 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4581 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4582 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4584 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4586 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4588 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4590 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4591 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4593 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4594 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4595 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4596 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4597 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4598 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4599 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4602 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4604 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4605 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4607 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4609 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4610 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4612 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4614 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4616 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4617 Compose last characters.
4618 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4619 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4620 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4621 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4622 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4623 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4624 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4625 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4626 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4627 after a sequence of character events.
4630 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4632 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4633 Convert CHAR to string.
4635 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4636 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4637 vector of CHAR respectively.
4638 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4640 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4642 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4646 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4647 ;;;;;; conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode conf-unix-mode
4648 ;;;;;; conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (17178 22154))
4649 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4651 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4652 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4653 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4654 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4655 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4656 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4657 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4659 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4660 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4661 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4663 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4664 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4665 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4667 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4668 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4669 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4670 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4672 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4673 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4674 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4675 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4676 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4677 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4678 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4682 \(fn &optional COMMENT SYNTAX-TABLE NAME)" t nil)
4684 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4685 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4686 Comments start with `#'.
4687 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4689 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with C-c C-u
4699 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4700 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4701 Comments start with `;'.
4702 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4704 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with C-c C-w
4706 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4707 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4708 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4710 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4711 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4715 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4716 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4717 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4718 between `/*' and `*/'.
4719 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4721 # Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-j (Java properties)
4722 // another kind of comment
4734 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4735 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4736 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4737 recognized according to `conf-space-keywords'. Interactively
4738 with a prefix ARG of `0' no keywords will be recognized. With
4739 any other prefix arg you will be prompted for a regexp to match
4740 the keywords. Programmatically you can pass such a regexp as
4741 KEYWORDS, or any non-nil non-string for no keywords.
4743 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4745 # Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-s (space separated)
4747 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4751 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4753 # Standard multimedia devices
4754 add /dev/audio desktop
4755 add /dev/mixer desktop
4757 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4759 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4760 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4761 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4762 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4764 # Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-c (colon)
4766 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4767 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4769 \(fn &optional COMMENT SYNTAX-TABLE NAME)" t nil)
4771 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4772 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4773 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4774 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4776 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-p (PPD)
4778 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4779 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4783 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4784 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4785 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4786 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4788 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-x (.Xdefaults)
4797 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4798 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17178 22152))
4799 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4801 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
4802 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4803 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4804 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4806 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4808 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
4809 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4810 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4811 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4813 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4815 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
4816 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4817 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4818 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4820 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4822 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
4823 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4825 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4829 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
4830 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17178 22144))
4831 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4833 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
4834 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
4835 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4836 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4837 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4838 following the copyright are updated as well.
4839 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4842 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4844 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
4845 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4846 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4850 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
4851 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4853 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4857 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
4858 ;;;;;; (17178 22153))
4859 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4861 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
4862 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4863 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4864 Tab indents for Perl code.
4865 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4866 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4868 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4869 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4870 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4871 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4872 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4873 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4874 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4875 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4876 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4877 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4878 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4879 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4881 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4883 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4884 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4886 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4888 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4889 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4890 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4891 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4892 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4893 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4894 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4895 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4896 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4898 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4902 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4903 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4904 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4907 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4908 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4909 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4911 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4913 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4914 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4915 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4916 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4917 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4919 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4929 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4930 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4931 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4932 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4933 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4934 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4935 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4936 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4937 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4938 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4939 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4940 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4941 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4943 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4944 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4945 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4946 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4947 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4948 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4950 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4951 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4954 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4955 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4956 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4957 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4958 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4960 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4961 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4962 span the needed amount of lines.
4964 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4965 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4966 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4967 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4969 Variables controlling indentation style:
4970 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4971 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4972 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4973 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4974 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4975 `cperl-auto-newline'
4976 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4977 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4978 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4979 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4980 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4981 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4982 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4983 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4984 `cperl-indent-level'
4985 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4986 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4987 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4988 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4989 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4990 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4991 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4992 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4993 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4994 `cperl-brace-offset'
4995 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4996 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4997 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4998 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4999 `cperl-label-offset'
5000 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5001 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5002 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5004 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
5005 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
5006 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
5007 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
5008 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
5010 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5011 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5012 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5013 \(both available from menu).
5015 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5016 column 0 is indented on
5017 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5019 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5022 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5023 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5024 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5030 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5031 ;;;;;; (17178 22153))
5032 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5034 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5035 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5036 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5037 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5038 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5042 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5043 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5049 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5050 ;;;;;; (17178 22144))
5051 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5053 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5054 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5055 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5056 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5058 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5059 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5061 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
5063 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5064 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5065 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5067 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5069 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5073 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5074 ;;;;;; (17178 22144))
5075 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5077 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5078 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5079 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5080 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5082 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5083 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5084 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5085 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5087 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5088 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5089 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5091 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5092 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5095 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5096 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5097 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5099 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5101 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5102 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5103 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5105 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5109 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5110 ;;;;;; (17178 24780))
5111 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5113 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5114 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5115 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5116 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5117 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
5119 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
5121 (put (quote cua-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
5123 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5124 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5125 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5126 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5127 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5129 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5130 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5131 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5132 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5133 function of these prefix keys.
5135 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5136 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5138 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5139 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5140 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5142 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5143 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5144 the prefix fallback behavior.
5146 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5148 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5149 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5152 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5153 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5154 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution,\n"
5155 "so you may now enable and customize CUA via the Options menu.\n\n"
5156 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5157 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5158 (if user-init-file (concat
5159 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5160 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5164 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5165 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5166 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5167 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5168 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
5169 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5170 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5171 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5172 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (17178 22143))
5173 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5174 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5176 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5177 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5179 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5180 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5182 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5183 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5185 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5187 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5189 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5190 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5191 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5193 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5194 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5196 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5197 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5199 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5200 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5202 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5203 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5205 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5207 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5209 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5210 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5213 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5214 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5216 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5217 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5219 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5220 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5222 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5223 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5225 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5227 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5229 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5230 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5231 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5232 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5233 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5237 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5238 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5239 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5240 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5244 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5245 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5249 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5250 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5254 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5256 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5257 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5259 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5261 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5263 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5264 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5265 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5267 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5269 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5270 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
5271 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5272 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
5273 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5275 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
5276 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
5279 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5281 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5282 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5283 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5284 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5286 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5287 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5289 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5291 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5292 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5293 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5295 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5296 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5298 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5300 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5301 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5305 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5306 Customize all user variable modified outside customize.
5310 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5311 Customize all already saved user options.
5315 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5316 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5317 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5318 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5319 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5320 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
5321 user-settable, as well as faces and groups.
5323 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5325 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5326 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5327 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable.
5329 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5331 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5332 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP.
5334 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5336 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5337 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP.
5339 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5341 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5342 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5343 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5344 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5345 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5348 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5350 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5351 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5352 The result includes selecting that window.
5353 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5354 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5355 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5358 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5360 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5361 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5363 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5365 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5366 File used for storing customization information.
5367 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5368 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5369 it should be an absolute file name.
5371 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5372 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5373 something like the following in your init file:
5375 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5378 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5379 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5381 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5382 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5383 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5384 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5385 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5387 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5388 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5389 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5390 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5391 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5392 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5393 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5394 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5395 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5396 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5398 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5400 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5401 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5405 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5406 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5410 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5411 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5412 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5414 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5416 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5417 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5418 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5419 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5420 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5422 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5426 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5427 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17178 22143))
5428 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5430 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5431 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5433 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5435 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5436 Alist of face attributes.
5438 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5439 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5440 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5441 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5442 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5443 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5445 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5446 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5447 customization type TYPE).
5449 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5450 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5451 given face attribute.")
5453 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5454 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5455 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5456 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5458 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5460 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5461 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5462 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5463 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5464 between themes and faces.
5465 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5467 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5468 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5470 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5472 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5473 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5474 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5478 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5480 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5482 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5483 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5484 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5486 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5490 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5492 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5496 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5497 ;;;;;; (17178 22143))
5498 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5500 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5501 Create a custom theme.
5507 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5508 ;;;;;; (17178 22143))
5509 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5511 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5512 Mode used for cvs status output.
5518 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5519 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17178 22153))
5520 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5522 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5523 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5525 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5526 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5527 C++ modes are included.
5529 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5533 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5536 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5537 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5541 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5542 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5543 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5544 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5545 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5547 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5549 (put (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
5551 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5552 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5553 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5554 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5555 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5561 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5562 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5563 ;;;;;; (17178 20481))
5564 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5566 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5567 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5569 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5571 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5572 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5574 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5576 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5577 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5578 For readability, the table is slightly
5579 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5581 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5582 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5583 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5584 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5585 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5587 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5591 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5592 ;;;;;; (17178 22143))
5593 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5594 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5595 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5597 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5598 Completion on current word.
5599 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5600 and presents suggestions for completion.
5602 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5603 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5606 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5607 then it searches *all* buffers.
5609 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
5610 if there is a suitable one already.
5612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5614 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5615 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5617 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5618 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5619 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5620 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5621 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5623 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5624 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5626 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5627 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5628 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5630 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5631 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5633 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5639 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17178
5641 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5643 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5644 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5646 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5647 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5648 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5650 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5651 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5652 Data lines are not indented.
5657 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5659 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5660 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5661 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5662 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5664 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5667 Extra indentation within blocks.
5669 dcl-continuation-offset
5670 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5673 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5675 dcl-margin-label-offset
5676 Indentation for a label.
5678 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5679 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5681 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5682 dcl-block-end-regexp
5683 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5684 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5685 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5686 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5687 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5689 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5690 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5691 Two such functions are included in the package:
5692 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5693 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5695 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5696 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5697 One such function is included in the package:
5698 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5700 dcl-tab-always-indent
5701 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5702 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5705 dcl-electric-characters
5706 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5709 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5710 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5711 which words trigger electric indentation.
5714 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5715 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5716 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5718 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5719 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5720 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5721 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5723 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5724 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5725 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5726 dcl-imenu-label-call
5727 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5729 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5730 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5731 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5732 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5735 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5737 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5738 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5739 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5741 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5742 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5746 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5747 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5748 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5749 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5750 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5751 \"lined up with the command line\"
5753 Data lines are not indented at all.
5754 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5759 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5760 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5766 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5767 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17178 22144))
5768 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5770 (setq debugger (quote debug))
5772 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
5773 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5774 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5777 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5778 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5779 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5781 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5783 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5784 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5786 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5788 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5789 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5790 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5791 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5792 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5793 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5795 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5796 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5798 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5800 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5801 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5802 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5803 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5804 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5806 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5810 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5811 ;;;;;; (17178 22152))
5812 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5814 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
5815 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5819 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
5820 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5821 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5822 Upper-case letters are commands.
5824 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5827 The most useful commands are:
5828 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5829 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5830 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5831 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5832 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5833 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5839 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5840 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17178
5842 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5844 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
5845 Customization of `columns' group.
5849 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
5850 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5852 START and END delimits the text region.
5854 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5856 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
5857 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5859 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5861 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5865 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17178
5867 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5869 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
5870 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5871 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5872 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5873 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5874 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5876 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5880 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5881 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5882 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5883 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5884 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5885 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5886 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5887 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5888 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5889 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5890 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5891 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5893 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5894 Directories to search when finding external units.
5895 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5896 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5900 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5901 Face used to color delphi comments.
5902 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5903 Face used to color delphi strings.
5904 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5905 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5906 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5907 Face used to color everything else.
5909 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5910 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5912 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5916 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17178
5918 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5920 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
5922 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5923 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5924 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5925 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5926 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5928 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
5930 (put (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
5932 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
5933 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5934 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
5937 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5938 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5939 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5942 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5946 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5947 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17178 22144))
5948 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5950 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
5951 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5953 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5955 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5956 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5957 or nil if there is no parent.
5958 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5959 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5960 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5961 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5962 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5964 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5965 arguments are currently understood:
5967 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5968 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5970 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5971 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5973 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5974 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5976 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5978 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5980 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5981 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5982 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5984 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5985 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5987 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5988 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5989 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5991 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5992 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5994 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5995 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5997 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5999 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6001 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6002 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6003 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6004 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6005 the first time the mode is used.
6007 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6011 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6012 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17178 22143))
6013 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6015 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6016 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6017 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6018 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6019 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6022 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6024 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6025 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6026 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6027 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6028 character composition information (if relevant),
6029 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6035 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6036 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-locals-to-save
6037 ;;;;;; desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "desktop.el" (17178 22143))
6038 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6040 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6041 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6042 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6044 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop")
6046 (put (quote desktop-save-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
6048 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6049 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6050 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6051 otherwise. See variable `desktop-save' for a description of when the
6054 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6056 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6057 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6058 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6059 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6061 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop")
6063 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6064 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6065 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6067 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6068 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6069 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6071 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6072 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6074 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6075 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6076 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6078 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6079 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6080 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6081 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6083 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6085 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6086 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6088 Handlers are called with argument list
6090 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6092 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6094 desktop-file-version
6095 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6096 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6097 desktop-buffer-point
6099 desktop-buffer-read-only
6100 desktop-buffer-locals
6102 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6103 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6105 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6108 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6110 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6111 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6113 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6115 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6117 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6118 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6119 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6120 List elements must have the form
6122 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6124 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6127 Handlers are called with argument list
6129 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6131 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6133 desktop-file-version
6134 desktop-buffer-file-name
6136 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6137 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6138 desktop-buffer-point
6140 desktop-buffer-read-only
6143 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6144 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6147 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6150 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6152 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6153 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6155 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6157 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6159 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6161 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6162 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6163 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6164 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6165 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6166 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6167 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6168 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6170 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6172 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6173 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6174 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6178 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6179 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6180 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6181 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6184 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6186 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6187 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6191 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6192 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6198 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6199 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines
6200 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-display-hook gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max
6201 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el"
6202 ;;;;;; (17178 20480))
6203 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6205 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min 45 "\
6206 Minimum length of the cited line above the (possibly) wrapped line.")
6208 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify")
6210 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max 95 "\
6211 Maximum length of the cited line after unwrapping.")
6213 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max) "deuglify")
6215 (defvar gnus-outlook-display-hook nil "\
6216 A hook called after an deuglified article has been prepared.
6217 It is run after `gnus-article-prepare-hook'.")
6219 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-display-hook) "deuglify")
6221 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6222 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6223 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6224 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6225 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6226 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6228 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6230 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6231 Repair a broken attribution line.
6232 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6234 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6236 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6237 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6238 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6239 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6241 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6243 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6244 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6250 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6251 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17178 20481))
6252 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6254 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6256 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6259 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6261 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6268 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6269 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17178 22143))
6270 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6272 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6273 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6274 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6275 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6276 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6278 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6280 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6281 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6282 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6283 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6285 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6286 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6287 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6288 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6291 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6293 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6294 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6295 european-calendar-style t \\
6296 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6297 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6298 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6300 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6301 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6302 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6303 to run it every morning at 1am.
6305 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6307 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6308 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6314 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6315 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17178 22143))
6316 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6318 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6319 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6321 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
6323 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6324 *The command to use to run diff.")
6326 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
6328 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6329 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6330 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6331 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6332 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6333 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6335 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6337 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6338 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6339 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6340 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6341 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6342 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6344 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6348 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6349 ;;;;;; (17178 22143))
6350 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6352 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6353 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6354 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6356 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6357 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6358 headers for you on-the-fly.
6360 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6361 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also revert the direction of
6362 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6366 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6367 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6368 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6374 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6375 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6376 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6377 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6378 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17178 22143))
6379 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6381 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6382 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6383 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6384 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6385 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6386 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6387 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6388 `insert-directory' on `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6390 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
6392 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6393 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6395 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6396 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6397 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6398 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6399 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6401 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6402 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6404 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6405 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6406 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6407 always set this variable to t.")
6409 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
6411 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6412 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6413 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6414 A value of t means move to first file.")
6416 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
6418 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6419 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6420 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6421 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6422 are afterward marked with that character.")
6424 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
6426 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6427 *Controls marking of copied files.
6428 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6429 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6431 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
6433 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6434 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6435 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6436 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6438 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
6440 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6441 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6442 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6443 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6445 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
6447 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6448 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6449 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6450 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6452 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6454 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
6456 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6457 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6458 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6460 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
6462 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6463 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6464 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6465 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6466 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6467 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6469 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6470 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6471 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6472 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6473 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6474 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6475 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6476 list of files to make directory entries for.
6477 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6478 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6479 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6480 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6482 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6484 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6485 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6487 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6488 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6490 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6491 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6493 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6494 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6496 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6498 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6499 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6501 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6503 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6504 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6505 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6506 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6507 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6508 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6509 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6510 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6511 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6512 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6513 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6514 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6515 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6516 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6517 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6518 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6519 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6520 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6521 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6522 to see why something went wrong.
6523 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6524 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6525 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6526 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6527 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6528 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6529 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6530 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6531 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6532 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6533 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6534 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6535 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6537 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6538 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6539 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6540 again for the directory tree.
6542 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6545 `dired-listing-switches'
6546 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6547 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6550 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6551 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6552 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6553 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6555 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6557 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6558 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6565 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6566 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6570 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6571 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6572 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6573 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6574 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6575 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6576 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6577 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6578 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6579 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6580 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6581 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6582 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6583 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17178 22143))
6584 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6586 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6587 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6588 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6589 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6590 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6591 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6592 which is options for `diff'.
6594 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6596 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6597 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6598 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6599 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6600 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6601 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6603 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6605 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
6606 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6607 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6608 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6609 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6610 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6611 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6613 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6615 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6616 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6617 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6618 returned by function `file-attributes'
6620 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6621 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6623 Examples of PREDICATE:
6625 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6626 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6627 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6628 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6629 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6631 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6633 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
6634 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6635 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6637 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6639 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
6640 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6642 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6644 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
6645 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6647 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6649 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
6650 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6653 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6655 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
6656 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6657 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6658 `lpr-switches' as default.
6660 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6662 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6663 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6664 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6665 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6666 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6668 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6669 with a prefix argument.
6673 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6674 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6675 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6676 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6677 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6679 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6680 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6682 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6683 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6684 file name substituted for `?'.
6686 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6687 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6689 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6690 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6691 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6692 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6694 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6696 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6697 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6698 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6700 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6701 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6704 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6705 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
6707 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6709 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6712 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
6714 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
6715 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6716 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6717 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
6718 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
6719 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
6720 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
6721 from the buffer as well.
6722 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
6723 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
6724 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6726 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6728 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
6731 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6733 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
6736 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
6738 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
6739 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6743 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
6744 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6746 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6748 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
6749 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6753 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
6754 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6755 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6756 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6758 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6759 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6760 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6761 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6762 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6763 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6764 See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details.
6766 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6768 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
6771 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6773 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
6776 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6778 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
6779 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6781 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6783 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
6786 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6788 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
6791 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6793 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6794 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6796 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6798 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
6799 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6800 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6801 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6802 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6803 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6804 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6805 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6806 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6810 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
6811 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6812 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6813 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6814 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6815 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6816 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6817 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6821 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
6822 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6823 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6824 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6825 and new hard links are made in that directory
6826 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6827 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6828 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6830 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6832 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
6833 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6834 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6835 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6836 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6837 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6838 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6842 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6843 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6845 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6846 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6847 file if none are marked.
6849 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6850 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
6851 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
6852 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6854 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6855 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6857 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6859 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6860 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6861 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6863 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6865 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6866 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6867 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6869 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6871 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6872 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6873 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6875 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6877 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
6878 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6880 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6882 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
6883 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6885 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6887 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6888 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6889 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6890 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6891 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6892 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6894 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6896 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6897 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6898 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6899 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6900 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6901 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6902 See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details.
6904 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6906 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6907 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6908 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6909 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6910 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6911 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6913 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6915 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6917 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6918 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6919 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6921 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6923 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6924 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6925 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6926 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6930 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
6931 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6932 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6933 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6937 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6938 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6939 Lower levels are unaffected.
6941 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6943 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
6944 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6948 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
6949 Go down in the dired tree.
6953 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6954 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6955 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6956 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6960 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
6961 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6962 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6963 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6967 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
6968 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6969 Stops when a match is found.
6970 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6972 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6974 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6975 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6976 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6977 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6978 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6980 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6982 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
6983 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6984 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6985 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6987 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6991 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17178 22143))
6992 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6994 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
6995 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6996 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6997 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6998 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6999 buffer and try again.
7001 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7005 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17178 22143))
7006 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7008 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7009 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7010 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7012 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7014 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7015 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7017 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7018 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7020 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7024 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17178
7026 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7028 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7029 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7030 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7031 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7032 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7033 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7035 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7039 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
7040 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
7041 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
7042 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
7043 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17178 22143))
7044 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7046 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7047 Return a new, empty display table.
7051 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7052 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7053 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7054 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7055 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7057 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7059 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7060 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7061 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7062 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7063 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7065 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7067 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7068 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7072 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7073 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7077 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7078 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7082 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7083 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7087 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7088 Display character C using printable string S.
7092 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7093 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7094 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7095 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7097 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7099 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7100 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7101 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7104 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7106 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7107 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7109 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7111 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7112 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7114 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7116 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7117 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7119 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7120 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7121 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7122 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7124 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7125 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7126 European character display.
7128 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7129 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7130 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7131 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7133 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7134 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7135 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7136 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7137 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7143 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7144 ;;;;;; (17178 22152))
7145 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7147 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7148 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7149 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7150 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7151 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7152 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7153 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7160 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17178 22143))
7161 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7163 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file))) "\
7164 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7165 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7166 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7167 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7168 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7170 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7171 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7172 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7173 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7174 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7176 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd")
7180 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7181 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17178 22154))
7182 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7184 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7185 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7186 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7187 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7188 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7189 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7190 table and its own syntax table.
7192 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7196 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7197 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7200 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7204 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17178 22152))
7205 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7207 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7208 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7214 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7215 ;;;;;; (17178 22143))
7216 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7218 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7220 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7221 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7223 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
7225 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7227 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7229 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7230 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7236 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17178 22152))
7237 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7239 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7240 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7246 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7247 ;;;;;; (17178 22145))
7248 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7250 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7251 Play sounds in message buffers.
7257 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7258 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7259 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17178 22144))
7260 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7262 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7264 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7265 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7266 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7267 and toggle command MODE.
7269 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7270 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7271 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7272 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7273 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7274 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7275 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7276 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7279 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
7280 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hook variable
7282 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7283 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7284 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7285 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7286 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7287 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7288 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7289 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7290 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7291 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7292 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7293 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7294 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7295 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7297 For example, you could write
7298 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7299 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7302 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7304 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-global-minor-mode))
7306 (autoload (quote define-global-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7307 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
7308 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7309 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7310 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
7311 :group to specify the custom group.
7313 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7314 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7315 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7316 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7317 call another major mode in their body.
7319 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7321 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7322 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7323 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7324 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7325 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7326 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7327 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7329 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7331 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7334 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7336 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7337 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7338 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7340 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7344 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7345 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17178
7347 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7349 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7351 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7352 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7354 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7355 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7356 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7358 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7359 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7363 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7364 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7368 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7369 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7373 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7374 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7376 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7378 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7380 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7382 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7383 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7385 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7386 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7388 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7390 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7392 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7396 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7397 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7398 computed automatically.
7399 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7403 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7405 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7406 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7407 keyboard equivalent.
7411 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7412 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7416 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7417 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7421 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7422 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7426 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7430 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7431 radio: A radio button.
7432 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7433 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7435 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7439 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7440 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7444 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7446 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7447 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7448 as a solid horizontal line.
7450 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7452 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7454 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7457 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7459 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7460 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7461 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7462 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7464 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7466 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7467 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7468 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7469 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7470 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7471 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7473 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7474 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7475 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7477 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
7478 to implement dynamic menus.
7480 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
7484 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7485 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7486 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7487 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7488 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7489 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7490 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7491 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17178 20481))
7492 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7494 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7495 Customization for ebnf group.
7499 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7500 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7502 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7504 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7507 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7509 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7511 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7512 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7514 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7515 killed after process termination.
7517 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7519 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7521 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7522 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7524 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7525 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7528 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7529 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7530 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7531 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7533 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7535 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7536 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7537 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7539 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7541 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7542 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7544 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7546 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7549 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7551 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7553 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7554 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7556 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7557 killed after process termination.
7559 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7561 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7563 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7564 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7565 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7566 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7568 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7572 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7573 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7574 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7576 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7578 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7580 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7581 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7583 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7585 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7588 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7590 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7592 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7593 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7595 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7596 killed after EPS generation.
7598 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7600 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7602 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7603 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
7605 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7606 The EPS file name has the following form:
7608 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7610 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7611 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7613 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7614 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7615 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7616 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7618 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7622 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7623 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
7625 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7626 The EPS file name has the following form:
7628 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7630 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7631 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7633 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7634 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7635 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7636 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7638 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7640 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7642 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
7644 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7645 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7647 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7649 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7652 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7654 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7656 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7657 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
7659 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7660 killed after syntax checking.
7662 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7664 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7666 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7667 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7671 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7672 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
7674 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7676 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
7677 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7681 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7682 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7684 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7686 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7688 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7691 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7695 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7696 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7698 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7700 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7702 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7703 Set STYLE as the current style.
7705 It returns the old style symbol.
7707 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7711 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7712 Reset current style.
7714 It returns the old style symbol.
7716 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7718 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7720 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7721 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
7723 It returns the old style symbol.
7725 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7727 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7729 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7730 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
7732 It returns the old style symbol.
7734 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7740 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7741 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7742 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7743 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7744 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7745 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7746 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7747 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7748 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7749 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7750 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17178
7752 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7754 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
7755 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7756 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7757 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7758 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7759 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7761 Tree mode key bindings:
7762 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7766 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
7767 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7771 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
7772 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7774 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7778 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
7779 View declaration of member at point.
7783 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
7784 Find declaration of member at point.
7788 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
7789 View definition of member at point.
7793 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
7794 Find definition of member at point.
7798 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
7799 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7803 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
7804 View definition of member at point in other window.
7808 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
7809 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7813 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
7814 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7818 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
7819 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7823 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
7824 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7828 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
7829 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7830 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7831 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7834 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7836 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
7837 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7838 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7839 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7841 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7843 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
7844 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7845 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7846 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7848 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7850 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
7851 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7852 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7854 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7856 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
7857 Search for call sites of a member.
7858 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7859 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7860 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7861 looks like a function call to the member.
7863 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7865 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
7866 Move backward in the position stack.
7867 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7871 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
7872 Move forward in the position stack.
7873 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7877 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
7878 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7882 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
7883 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7887 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
7888 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7889 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7890 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7892 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7894 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
7895 Display statistics for a class tree.
7901 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7902 ;;;;;; (17178 22143))
7903 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7905 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
7906 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7907 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7908 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7910 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7911 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7912 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7914 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7915 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7916 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7918 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7920 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7926 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7927 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17178 22143))
7928 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7930 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
7931 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7932 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7934 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7938 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
7939 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17178 22144))
7940 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7942 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7943 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7944 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7945 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7946 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7948 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7949 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7950 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7951 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7953 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
7955 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7956 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7957 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7958 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7960 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
7962 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
7963 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
7964 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
7965 \(naming a function), or a list.
7967 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
7969 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
7971 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
7972 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7973 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7974 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7975 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7977 If you do this on a function definition
7978 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
7979 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
7980 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
7981 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
7983 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7984 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7985 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7986 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7993 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7994 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
7995 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
7996 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
7997 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
7998 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
7999 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8000 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8001 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8002 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17178 22143))
8003 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8005 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8006 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8008 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8010 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8011 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8013 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8015 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8017 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8019 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8020 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8021 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8022 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8026 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8027 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8029 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8031 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8033 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8034 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8036 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8038 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8040 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8041 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8042 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8043 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8045 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8047 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8049 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8050 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8051 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8052 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8054 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8056 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8058 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8059 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8060 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8061 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8063 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8065 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8067 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8068 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8069 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8070 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8072 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8074 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8076 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8077 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8078 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8079 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8080 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8081 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8083 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8085 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8086 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8087 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8088 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8090 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8092 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8094 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8095 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8096 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8097 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8099 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8101 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8103 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8105 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8106 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8107 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8109 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8110 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8112 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8114 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8115 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8116 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8118 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8119 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8121 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8123 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8124 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8125 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8126 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8127 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8129 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8130 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8132 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8134 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8135 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8136 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8137 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8138 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8140 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8141 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8142 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8144 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8146 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8148 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8149 Merge two files without ancestor.
8151 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8153 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8154 Merge two files with ancestor.
8156 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8158 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8160 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8161 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8163 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8165 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8166 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8168 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8170 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8171 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8172 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8175 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8177 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8178 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8179 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8182 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8184 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8185 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8186 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8187 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8191 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8192 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8193 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8194 and don't ask the user.
8195 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8196 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8198 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8200 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8201 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8202 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8203 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8204 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8205 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8206 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8207 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8209 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8211 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8213 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8215 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8216 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8217 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8218 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8219 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8221 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8223 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8225 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8226 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8227 When called interactively, displays the version.
8231 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8232 Display Ediff's manual.
8233 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8235 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8239 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8240 ;;;;;; (17178 22143))
8241 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8243 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17178 22143))
8251 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8253 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8254 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8256 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8258 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8262 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8263 ;;;;;; (17178 22143))
8264 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8266 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8267 Display Ediff's registry.
8271 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8275 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8276 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17178 22143))
8277 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8279 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8280 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8281 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8286 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8287 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8288 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8289 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8295 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8296 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8297 ;;;;;; (17178 22143))
8298 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8300 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8301 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8302 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8304 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8305 Edit a keyboard macro.
8306 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8307 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8308 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8310 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8312 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8314 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8315 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8317 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8319 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8320 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8322 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8324 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8325 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8326 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8327 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8328 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8329 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8331 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8332 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8333 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8334 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8336 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8338 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8339 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8340 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8341 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8342 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8343 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8345 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8349 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8350 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17178 22144))
8351 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8353 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8355 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8356 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8358 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8360 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8361 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8367 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8368 ;;;;;; (17178 22143))
8369 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8371 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8372 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8373 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8374 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8375 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8376 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8377 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8378 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8380 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8381 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8383 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8384 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8385 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8386 this value is non-nil.
8388 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8389 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8390 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8392 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8393 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8394 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
8396 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8398 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8401 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8405 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8406 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17178 22144))
8407 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8409 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8410 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8412 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
8414 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8415 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8416 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8417 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8418 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8419 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8420 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8422 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8426 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8427 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8431 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8432 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8433 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8434 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8435 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8436 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8439 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8440 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8444 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17178
8446 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8448 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8449 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8451 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8452 an elided material again.
8454 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8460 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8461 ;;;;;; (17178 22144))
8462 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8464 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8471 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8472 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17178
8474 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8476 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8477 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8478 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8480 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8482 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8483 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8484 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8486 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8488 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8489 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8490 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8492 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8494 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8496 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
8497 Display current profiling results.
8498 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8499 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8506 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8507 ;;;;;; (17178 22150))
8508 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8510 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
8511 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8512 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8514 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8518 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8519 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8520 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8521 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8522 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17178 22144))
8523 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8525 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8526 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8527 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8528 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8529 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8530 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8531 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8532 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8533 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8534 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8535 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8536 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8537 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8538 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8539 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8540 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8542 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
8543 Run Emerge on two files.
8545 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8547 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8548 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8550 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8552 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
8553 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8555 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8557 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8558 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8560 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8562 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
8567 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
8572 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
8575 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8577 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
8580 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8582 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
8583 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8585 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8587 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8588 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8590 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8592 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
8595 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8599 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8600 ;;;;;; (17178 21353))
8601 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8603 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "\
8604 Set up a `key-translation-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
8606 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
8608 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
8612 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8613 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17178 22154))
8614 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8616 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
8617 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8618 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8619 text/enriched format.
8620 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8622 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8623 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8627 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8631 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
8634 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8636 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
8639 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8643 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17178
8645 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
8647 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
8648 Emacs shell interactive mode.
8656 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17178
8658 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
8660 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
8661 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
8663 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8667 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
8668 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17178 22144))
8669 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
8671 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
8672 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
8673 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
8674 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
8675 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
8676 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
8677 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
8678 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
8679 buffer selected (or created).
8681 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8683 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
8684 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
8685 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
8687 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
8689 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
8690 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
8691 The result might be any Lisp object.
8692 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
8693 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
8694 corresponding to a successful execution.
8696 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
8698 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
8699 Report a bug in Eshell.
8700 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8701 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
8707 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
8708 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
8709 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
8710 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
8711 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook
8712 ;;;;;; tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list tags-table-list
8713 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (17178
8715 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
8717 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
8718 *File name of tags table.
8719 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
8720 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
8721 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8722 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
8724 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
8725 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
8726 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
8727 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
8729 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
8731 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
8732 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
8733 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
8734 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
8735 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
8736 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8738 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
8740 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
8741 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
8742 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
8743 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
8744 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
8745 `auto-compression-mode').")
8747 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
8749 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
8750 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
8751 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
8752 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
8753 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
8755 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
8757 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
8758 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
8759 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
8760 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
8762 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
8764 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
8765 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
8766 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
8767 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
8768 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
8770 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
8772 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
8773 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
8774 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
8775 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
8777 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
8778 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
8779 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
8780 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
8781 file the tag was in.
8783 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
8785 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
8786 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
8787 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
8788 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
8789 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
8790 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
8791 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
8792 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
8793 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
8795 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
8797 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
8798 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
8799 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
8800 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
8801 without directory names.
8805 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
8806 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8807 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
8808 but does not select the buffer.
8809 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
8811 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8812 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8813 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8814 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8815 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8817 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8819 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8820 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8821 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8823 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8825 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8827 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
8828 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8829 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
8830 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
8832 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8833 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8834 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8835 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8836 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8838 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8840 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8841 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8842 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8844 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8846 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8847 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
8849 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
8850 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8851 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
8852 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8853 around or before point.
8855 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8856 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8857 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8858 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8859 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8861 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8863 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8864 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8865 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8867 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8869 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8870 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
8872 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
8873 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8874 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
8875 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8876 around or before point.
8878 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8879 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8880 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8881 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8882 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8884 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8886 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8887 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8888 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8890 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8892 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
8893 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
8895 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
8896 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
8897 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
8899 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8900 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8901 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8902 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8903 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8905 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
8907 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8908 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8909 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8911 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8913 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8914 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
8915 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
8917 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
8918 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
8920 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
8921 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
8922 where they were found.
8926 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
8927 Select next file among files in current tags table.
8929 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
8930 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
8931 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
8933 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
8934 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
8936 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
8937 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
8939 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
8941 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
8942 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
8943 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
8944 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
8946 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
8947 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
8948 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
8949 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
8950 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
8952 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
8953 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
8955 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
8956 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
8957 Stops when a match is found.
8958 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8960 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8962 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
8964 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
8965 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
8966 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
8967 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
8968 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8970 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8972 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
8974 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
8975 Display list of tags in file FILE.
8976 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
8977 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
8978 directory specification.
8980 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
8982 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
8983 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
8985 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8987 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
8988 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
8989 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
8990 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
8994 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
8995 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
8996 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
8997 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
8998 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9004 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9005 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9006 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9007 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
9008 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
9009 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
9010 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
9011 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17178 22147))
9012 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9014 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
9019 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
9020 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9021 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
9022 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9024 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
9025 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9028 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
9029 even if the buffer is read-only.
9031 See also the descriptions of the variables
9032 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9033 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9035 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9037 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9038 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9040 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9041 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9043 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
9044 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9047 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
9048 buffer is read-only.
9050 See also the descriptions of the variables
9051 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9052 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9054 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9056 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9057 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
9058 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9060 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9062 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9063 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
9065 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
9066 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
9068 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
9069 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
9071 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9073 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9074 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9075 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9076 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9078 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9080 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
9081 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9082 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9083 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9085 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
9086 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
9087 the primary language.
9089 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9090 buffer is read-only.
9092 See also the descriptions of the variables
9093 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9094 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9096 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9098 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9099 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9100 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9101 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9103 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9104 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
9107 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9108 buffer is read-only.
9110 See also the descriptions of the variables
9111 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9112 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9114 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9116 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9117 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
9118 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9122 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9123 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
9125 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
9126 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
9127 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
9128 3) convert the body into SERA.
9130 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
9134 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9135 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9136 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9138 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9140 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
9141 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9145 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
9146 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9148 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9149 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
9152 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9153 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9154 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9156 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
9158 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9160 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
9161 Allow the user to input special characters.
9165 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9166 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9167 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
9171 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9172 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9176 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9177 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9179 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9180 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9182 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9183 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9187 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9188 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9192 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
9193 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9197 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
9198 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9204 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9205 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9206 ;;;;;; (17178 22151))
9207 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9209 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
9210 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9211 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9212 server for future sessions.
9214 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9216 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
9217 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9218 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9220 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9222 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
9223 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9224 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9226 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9228 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
9229 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9230 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9231 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9232 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9233 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9234 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9235 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9236 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9237 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9238 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9239 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9241 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9243 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
9244 Display a form to query the directory server.
9245 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9246 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9248 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9250 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
9251 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9252 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9256 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9260 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9261 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9262 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17178 22151))
9263 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9265 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
9266 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9268 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9270 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
9271 Display URL and make it clickable.
9275 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
9276 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9278 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9280 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
9281 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9283 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9285 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
9286 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9288 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9290 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
9291 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9293 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9297 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9298 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17178 22151))
9299 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9301 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
9302 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9303 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9307 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
9308 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9314 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9315 ;;;;;; (17178 22151))
9316 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9318 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
9319 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9325 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9326 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9327 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9328 ;;;;;; (17178 22153))
9329 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9331 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
9332 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9333 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9335 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9337 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
9338 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9339 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9340 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9341 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9343 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9345 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
9346 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9347 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9348 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9349 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9352 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9354 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
9355 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9356 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9360 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
9361 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9362 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9369 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9370 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17178 22144))
9371 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9373 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
9374 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9375 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9376 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9378 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9380 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9381 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9382 to generate such functions.
9384 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9385 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9386 beginning of the expanded text.
9388 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9389 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9390 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9391 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9393 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9395 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
9397 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
9398 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9399 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9403 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
9404 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9405 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9408 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
9409 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
9413 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17178 22153))
9414 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9416 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
9417 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9418 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9420 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9421 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9422 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9424 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9429 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9432 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9434 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9436 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9437 `f90-program-indent'
9438 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9440 `f90-continuation-indent'
9441 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9442 `f90-comment-region'
9443 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
9444 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
9445 `f90-indented-comment-re'
9446 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
9448 `f90-directive-comment-re'
9449 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
9450 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
9451 `f90-break-delimiters'
9452 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
9453 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
9454 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
9455 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9457 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9458 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9460 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9461 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9462 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9463 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9464 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9465 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9467 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9469 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
9471 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9472 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9478 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
9479 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
9480 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
9481 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
9482 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17178 22144))
9483 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
9484 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
9485 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
9487 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
9488 Menu keymap for faces.")
9490 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
9492 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
9493 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
9495 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
9497 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
9498 Menu keymap for background colors.")
9500 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
9502 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
9503 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
9505 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
9507 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
9508 Submenu for text justification commands.")
9510 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
9512 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
9513 Submenu for indentation commands.")
9515 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
9517 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
9518 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
9520 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
9522 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
9524 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
9526 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
9528 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
9529 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
9530 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
9531 will not show through at all will be removed.
9533 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
9535 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9536 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9539 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9540 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9541 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9543 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
9545 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
9546 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
9547 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
9549 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9550 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9553 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9554 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9555 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9557 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
9559 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
9560 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
9561 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
9563 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9564 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9567 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9568 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9569 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9571 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
9573 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
9574 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
9575 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
9576 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
9577 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
9578 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
9579 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
9581 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9582 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9585 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9586 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
9587 to insert cancels the specification.
9589 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
9591 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
9592 Make the region invisible.
9593 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
9594 `facemenu-remove-special'.
9596 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9598 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
9599 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
9600 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
9601 `facemenu-remove-special'.
9603 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9605 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
9606 Make the region unmodifiable.
9607 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
9608 `facemenu-remove-special'.
9610 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9612 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
9613 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
9615 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9617 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
9618 Remove all text properties from the region.
9620 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9622 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
9623 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
9624 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
9626 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9628 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
9629 Read a color using the minibuffer.
9631 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
9633 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
9634 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
9635 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
9636 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
9637 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
9638 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
9640 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
9644 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
9645 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (17178 22151))
9646 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
9648 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
9649 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
9650 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
9651 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
9653 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
9655 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
9656 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
9657 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
9659 Font Lock caches may be saved:
9660 - When you save the file's buffer.
9661 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
9662 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
9663 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
9664 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
9666 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
9668 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
9669 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
9670 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
9671 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
9673 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9675 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
9676 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
9680 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
9684 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
9685 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
9686 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17178 20480))
9687 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
9689 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
9690 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
9691 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
9692 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
9696 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
9697 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
9699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9701 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
9702 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
9703 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
9704 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
9706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9708 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
9709 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
9710 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
9711 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
9712 backup file names and the like).
9714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9716 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
9717 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
9718 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
9719 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
9720 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
9721 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
9722 internally by feedmail):
9724 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
9725 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
9726 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
9727 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
9729 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
9730 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
9731 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
9732 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
9733 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
9735 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
9739 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
9740 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17178 22144))
9741 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
9743 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
9744 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
9745 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
9746 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
9747 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
9748 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
9749 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
9751 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
9753 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
9754 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
9755 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
9756 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
9757 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9758 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
9759 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
9761 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version.
9763 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9765 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
9767 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
9768 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
9769 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
9770 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
9771 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
9772 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
9774 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
9776 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
9777 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
9778 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
9780 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
9781 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
9786 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
9787 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
9789 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9791 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
9792 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
9798 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
9799 ;;;;;; (17178 22144))
9800 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
9802 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
9803 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
9804 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
9805 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
9806 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
9807 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
9808 \(directories) is done.
9811 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
9812 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
9813 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
9817 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17178
9819 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
9821 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
9822 Filesets initialization.
9823 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
9829 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
9830 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
9831 ;;;;;; (17178 22144))
9832 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
9834 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
9835 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
9836 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
9837 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
9838 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
9840 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
9842 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
9843 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
9844 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
9845 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
9846 them for `find-ls-option'.")
9848 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired")
9850 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
9851 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
9852 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
9853 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
9855 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
9857 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
9858 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
9859 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
9861 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
9863 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
9864 as the final argument.
9866 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
9868 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
9869 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
9870 and run dired on those files.
9871 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
9872 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
9874 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
9876 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
9878 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
9879 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
9880 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
9882 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
9884 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
9886 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
9890 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
9891 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
9892 ;;;;;; (17178 22144))
9893 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
9895 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (setq fname (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))))) "\
9896 *A list of regular expressions for `ff-find-file'.
9897 Specifies how to recognize special constructs such as include files
9898 etc. and an associated method for extracting the filename from that
9901 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
9902 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
9903 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
9905 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
9907 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9909 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
9911 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
9912 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
9913 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
9915 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
9916 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
9918 Variables of interest include:
9920 - `ff-case-fold-search'
9921 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
9922 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
9924 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
9925 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
9926 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
9928 - `ff-ignore-include'
9929 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
9931 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
9932 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
9935 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
9937 - `ff-special-constructs'
9938 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
9939 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
9940 extracting the filename from that construct.
9942 - `ff-other-file-alist'
9943 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
9945 - `ff-search-directories'
9946 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
9947 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
9949 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
9950 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
9952 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
9953 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
9955 - `ff-post-load-hook'
9956 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
9958 - `ff-not-found-hook'
9959 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
9961 - `ff-file-created-hook'
9962 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
9964 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
9966 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
9967 Visit the file you click on.
9971 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
9972 Visit the file you click on in another window.
9978 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
9979 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
9980 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
9981 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
9982 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
9983 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
9984 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17178 22144))
9985 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
9987 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
9988 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
9990 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
9992 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
9993 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
9994 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
9995 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
9996 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
9997 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
9999 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10001 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
10002 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10004 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
10005 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10008 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10009 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
10012 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10014 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
10015 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10017 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
10018 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10019 places point before the definition.
10020 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10022 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10023 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10024 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10026 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10028 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
10029 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10031 See `find-function' for more details.
10033 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10035 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10036 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10038 See `find-function' for more details.
10040 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10042 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
10043 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10045 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
10046 in a buffer, and the point of the definition. It does not switch
10047 to the buffer or display it.
10049 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10050 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10052 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10054 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
10055 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
10057 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
10058 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10059 places point before the definition.
10061 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10063 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10064 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10065 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10067 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10069 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
10070 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10072 See `find-variable' for more details.
10074 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10076 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10077 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10079 See `find-variable' for more details.
10081 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10083 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
10084 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10085 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function,
10086 `defvar' or `defface' for a variable or face. This functoin
10087 does not switch to the buffer or display it.
10089 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10090 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10092 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10094 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
10095 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10097 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10098 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10099 places point before the definition.
10101 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10103 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10104 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10105 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10109 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
10110 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10111 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10115 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
10116 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10120 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
10121 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10125 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
10126 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10132 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10133 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17178 22144))
10134 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10136 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
10137 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10139 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10141 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
10142 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10146 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
10147 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10149 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10153 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10154 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17178 22144))
10155 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10157 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
10158 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10162 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
10163 Display FILE's commentary section.
10164 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10168 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
10169 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10175 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10176 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17178 22144))
10177 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10179 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
10180 Toggle flow control handling.
10181 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10182 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10184 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10186 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
10187 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10188 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10189 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10190 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10191 to get the effect of a C-q.
10193 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10197 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10198 ;;;;;; (17178 22145))
10199 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10201 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
10204 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10206 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
10209 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10213 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10214 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17178 22153))
10215 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10217 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
10218 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10219 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10220 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10224 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
10225 Turn flymake mode on.
10229 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
10230 Turn flymake mode off.
10236 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10237 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
10238 ;;;;;; (17178 22154))
10239 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10241 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
10242 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10245 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
10247 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
10248 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10249 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10250 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10251 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10252 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
10255 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10256 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10257 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10258 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10261 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
10264 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10265 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
10266 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10268 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10270 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10271 in your .emacs file.
10273 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10274 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10278 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
10279 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10283 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
10284 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10286 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10288 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
10289 Flyspell whole buffer.
10295 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10296 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10297 ;;;;;; (17178 22144))
10298 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10300 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
10301 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10305 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
10306 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10310 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
10311 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10313 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10314 of two major techniques:
10316 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10317 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10318 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
10320 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10321 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10322 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10325 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10326 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10327 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10328 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10329 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10332 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10333 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10335 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
10337 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10338 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10339 \(This is the default.)
10341 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
10342 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
10344 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10345 \\{follow-mode-map}
10349 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
10350 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
10352 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10353 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10354 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10355 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
10356 two windows always will display two successive pages.
10357 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
10359 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
10360 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
10361 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
10363 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
10364 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
10365 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
10367 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10371 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords
10372 ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock"
10373 ;;;;;; "font-lock.el" (17178 22144))
10374 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
10376 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock" "\
10379 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
10381 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
10382 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
10384 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
10385 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
10386 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
10387 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
10388 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
10389 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
10390 end of the current highlighting list.
10394 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
10395 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
10396 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
10398 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
10399 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
10401 The above procedure will only add the keywords for C mode, not
10402 for modes derived from C mode. To add them for derived modes too,
10403 pass nil for MODE and add the call to c-mode-hook.
10407 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
10409 (font-lock-add-keywords nil
10410 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
10411 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" .
10412 font-lock-keyword-face)))))
10414 The above procedure may fail to add keywords to derived modes if
10415 some involved major mode does not follow the standard conventions.
10416 File a bug report if this happens, so the major mode can be corrected.
10418 Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g.,
10419 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
10420 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'.
10422 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
10424 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
10425 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
10427 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
10428 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
10430 To make the removal apply to modes derived from MODE as well,
10431 pass nil for MODE and add the call to MODE-hook. This may fail
10432 for some derived modes if some involved major mode does not
10433 follow the standard conventions. File a bug report if this
10434 happens, so the major mode can be corrected.
10436 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
10438 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
10439 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would.
10445 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17178
10447 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10449 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
10450 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10451 \\<message-mode-map>
10455 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
10456 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
10457 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
10458 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
10459 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
10460 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
10462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10466 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
10467 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17178 22144))
10468 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
10470 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
10471 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
10473 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
10474 TAB forms-next-field TAB
10475 C-c TAB forms-next-field
10476 C-c < forms-first-record <
10477 C-c > forms-last-record >
10478 C-c ? describe-mode ?
10479 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
10480 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
10481 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
10482 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
10483 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
10484 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
10485 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
10486 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
10487 C-c C-x forms-exit x
10489 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
10491 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
10492 Visit a file in Forms mode.
10496 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
10497 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
10503 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
10504 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17178 22153))
10505 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
10507 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
10508 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
10509 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
10510 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
10511 with a character in column 6.")
10513 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
10515 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
10516 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10517 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10519 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
10520 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10522 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
10525 \\{fortran-mode-map}
10527 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10529 `fortran-comment-line-start'
10530 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
10531 `fortran-do-indent'
10532 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10533 `fortran-if-indent'
10534 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10535 `fortran-structure-indent'
10536 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10538 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10539 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10540 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10541 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10542 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10543 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10544 nil don't change the indentation
10545 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10547 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10548 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10549 depending on the continuation format in use.
10550 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10551 indentation for a line of code.
10553 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10554 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10555 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
10556 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10557 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10558 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10559 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10560 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10561 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10562 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10564 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10565 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
10566 statements (default nil).
10567 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10568 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
10569 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10570 `fortran-continuation-string'
10571 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10572 line (default \"$\").
10573 `fortran-comment-region'
10574 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
10575 the region (default \"c$$$\").
10576 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10577 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10578 as typed (default t).
10579 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10580 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10582 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10583 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10589 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10590 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17178 22152))
10591 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10593 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
10594 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10596 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10597 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10599 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
10601 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
10602 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10604 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10605 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10607 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
10609 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
10610 Compile fortune file.
10612 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10613 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10615 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10617 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
10618 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10620 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10621 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10622 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10623 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10625 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10627 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
10628 Display a fortune cookie.
10630 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10631 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10632 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10633 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10635 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10639 ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode fringe-mode) "fringe"
10640 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" (17178 22144))
10641 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
10643 (defvar fringe-mode nil "\
10644 *Specify appearance of fringes on all frames.
10645 This variable can be nil (the default) meaning the fringes should have
10646 the default width (8 pixels), it can be an integer value specifying
10647 the width of both left and right fringe (where 0 means no fringe), or
10648 a cons cell where car indicates width of left fringe and cdr indicates
10649 width of right fringe (where again 0 can be used to indicate no
10651 To set this variable in a Lisp program, use `set-fringe-mode' to make
10652 it take real effect.
10653 Setting the variable with a customization buffer also takes effect.
10654 If you only want to modify the appearance of the fringe in one frame,
10655 you can use the interactive function `set-fringe-style'.")
10657 (custom-autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe")
10659 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
10660 Set the default appearance of fringes on all frames.
10662 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
10663 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
10664 `minimal' and `half'.
10666 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
10667 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
10668 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
10669 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
10670 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
10671 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
10672 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
10673 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
10676 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
10677 fringe widths set by this command. This command applies to all
10678 frames that exist and frames to be created in the future. If you
10679 want to set the default appearance of fringes on the selected
10680 frame only, see the command `set-fringe-style'.
10682 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
10684 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
10685 Set the default appearance of fringes on the selected frame.
10687 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
10688 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
10689 `minimal' and `half'.
10691 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
10692 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
10693 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
10694 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
10695 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
10696 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
10697 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
10698 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
10701 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
10702 fringe widths set by this command. If you want to set the
10703 default appearance of fringes on all frames, see the command
10706 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
10710 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug-log gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
10711 ;;;;;; (17178 22153))
10712 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
10714 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
10715 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10716 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10717 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10719 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
10720 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
10721 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
10722 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
10724 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
10725 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
10726 `gdb-use-inferior-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
10727 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are given in
10730 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
10732 The following commands help control operation :
10734 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
10735 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
10737 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
10738 detailed description of this mode.
10741 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10743 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10744 GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer
10748 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10749 Source buffer | Input/Output (of inferior) buffer
10757 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10758 Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer
10759 RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint
10760 | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint
10761 | d gdb-delete-breakpoint
10762 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10764 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10766 (defvar gdb-enable-debug-log nil "\
10767 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
10769 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug-log) "gdb-ui")
10773 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
10774 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17178
10776 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
10778 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
10779 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
10780 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
10781 instead (which see).")
10783 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
10784 Create a new generic mode MODE.
10786 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
10787 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
10788 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
10789 documentation string instead.
10791 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
10792 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
10793 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
10794 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
10795 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
10796 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
10797 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
10798 enders are actually possible.
10800 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
10801 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
10803 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
10804 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
10805 `font-lock-keywords'.
10807 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
10808 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
10809 runs the macro expansion.
10811 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
10812 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
10813 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
10815 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
10817 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
10819 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
10820 Go into the generic mode MODE.
10822 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
10824 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
10825 Enter generic mode MODE.
10827 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
10828 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
10829 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
10831 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
10832 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
10836 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
10837 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
10838 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
10839 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
10840 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
10841 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
10842 regular expression that can be used as an element of
10843 `font-lock-keywords'.
10845 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
10849 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
10850 ;;;;;; (17178 20481))
10851 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
10853 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
10854 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
10855 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
10856 at places they belong to.
10858 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10862 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
10863 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17178 22145))
10864 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
10866 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
10867 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
10869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10871 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
10873 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
10874 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
10875 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
10876 name of an NNTP server to use.
10877 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
10880 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
10882 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
10883 Read news as a slave.
10885 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10887 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
10888 Pop up a frame to read news.
10889 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
10890 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
10891 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
10892 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
10893 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
10894 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
10895 current display is used.
10897 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
10899 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
10901 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
10902 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
10903 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
10905 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
10909 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
10910 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
10911 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
10912 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
10913 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
10914 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17178 22145))
10915 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
10917 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
10918 Start Gnus unplugged.
10922 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
10923 Start Gnus plugged.
10927 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
10928 Read news as a slave unplugged.
10930 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10932 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
10933 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
10935 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
10936 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
10937 customize gnus-agent to nil.
10939 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
10940 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
10941 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
10945 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
10946 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
10950 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
10951 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP. Always updates the agent, even when
10952 disabled, as the old agent files would corrupt gnus when the agent was
10953 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is supported.
10955 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
10957 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
10958 Delete fully-qualified GROUP. Always updates the agent, even when
10959 disabled, as the old agent files would corrupt gnus when the agent was
10960 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is supported.
10962 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
10964 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
10965 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
10969 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
10970 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
10971 downloaded into the agent.
10973 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
10975 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
10976 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
10977 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
10978 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
10980 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
10982 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
10983 Start Gnus and fetch session.
10987 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
10988 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
10992 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
10993 Regenerate all agent covered files.
10994 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
10996 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11000 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11001 ;;;;;; (17178 22145))
11002 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11004 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
11005 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11011 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11012 ;;;;;; (17178 22145))
11013 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11015 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
11016 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11022 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11023 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11024 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17178
11026 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11028 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
11029 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11032 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11036 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
11037 Generate the cache active file.
11039 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11041 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
11042 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11046 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11047 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP. Always updates the cache, even when
11048 disabled, as the old cache files would corrupt gnus when the cache was
11049 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is supported.
11051 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11053 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11054 Delete GROUP. Always updates the cache, even when
11055 disabled, as the old cache files would corrupt gnus when the cache was
11056 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is supported.
11058 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11062 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11063 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17178 22145))
11064 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11066 (defgroup gnus-delay nil "Arrange for sending postings later." :version "22.1" :group (quote gnus))
11068 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
11069 Delay this article by some time.
11070 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11072 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11073 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11075 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11076 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11078 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11079 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11081 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11083 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
11084 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11088 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
11089 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11090 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11091 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11093 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11094 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11096 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11100 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11101 ;;;;;; (17178 22145))
11102 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11104 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
11105 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11111 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11112 ;;;;;; (17178 22145))
11113 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11115 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
11116 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11122 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11123 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11124 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17178
11126 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11128 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11129 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11133 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
11134 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11138 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11139 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11143 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11144 Return an Face header based on an image file.
11148 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
11149 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11150 The PNG is returned as a string.
11152 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11154 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11155 Convert FILE to a Face.
11156 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11159 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11163 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11164 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17178 22145))
11165 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11167 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
11168 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11169 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11171 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11173 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
11174 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11176 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11180 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11181 ;;;;;; (17178 22145))
11182 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11184 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
11186 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
11187 Run batched scoring.
11188 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11194 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11195 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11196 ;;;;;; (17178 22145))
11197 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11199 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
11204 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
11205 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11206 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11208 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11210 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
11211 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11213 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11219 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11220 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11221 ;;;;;; (17178 22145))
11222 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11224 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11225 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
11226 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11227 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11230 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11231 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11232 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
11233 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
11235 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11236 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
11237 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11238 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11239 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
11240 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11241 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11242 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11243 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11244 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11246 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11248 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11249 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11250 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11253 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
11254 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
11256 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11258 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11259 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11260 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11262 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
11266 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11267 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11268 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11270 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11272 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11273 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11274 existing groups are considered.
11276 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11277 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11280 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11281 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11282 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11283 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11284 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11285 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11286 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11287 clauses will be generated.
11289 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11290 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11291 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11292 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11293 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11294 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11296 For example, given the following group parameters:
11299 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11300 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11302 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11303 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11304 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11305 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11307 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11309 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11311 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11313 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11314 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11317 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11321 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
11322 ;;;;;; (17178 22145))
11323 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
11325 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
11326 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
11327 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
11329 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
11333 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11334 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17178 22145))
11335 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11337 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
11338 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11339 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11340 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11342 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
11344 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
11347 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
11349 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
11350 Like `message-reply'.
11352 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
11354 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
11358 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11359 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11360 ;;;;;; (17178 22145))
11361 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11363 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
11364 Display picons in the From header.
11365 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11369 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
11370 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11371 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11375 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
11376 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11377 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11383 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11384 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11385 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11386 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11387 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17178 22145))
11388 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11390 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
11391 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11392 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11393 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11395 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11397 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
11398 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11399 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11402 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11404 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
11405 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11406 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11408 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11410 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
11413 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11415 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
11416 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
11417 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11419 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11421 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
11422 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
11423 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
11425 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
11427 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
11429 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
11430 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11431 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11433 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11435 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
11436 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
11437 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11439 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11441 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
11442 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11443 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11445 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11447 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
11448 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
11450 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
11454 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
11455 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17178 22145))
11456 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
11458 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
11463 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
11464 Install the registry hooks.
11470 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
11471 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17178
11473 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
11475 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
11476 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11477 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11478 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
11479 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
11480 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11484 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
11485 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11486 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11487 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
11488 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11492 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
11499 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
11500 ;;;;;; (17178 22145))
11501 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
11503 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
11504 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
11505 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
11506 for matching on group names.
11508 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
11509 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
11511 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
11513 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
11519 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
11520 ;;;;;; (17178 22145))
11521 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
11523 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
11524 Update the format specification near point.
11530 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
11531 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17178
11533 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
11535 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
11536 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11538 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
11540 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
11547 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11548 ;;;;;; (17178 22145))
11549 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11551 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
11552 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11554 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
11558 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17178 22152))
11559 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11561 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
11562 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11564 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
11565 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11566 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11568 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11569 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11570 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11572 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11573 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
11575 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11576 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11578 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
11580 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
11584 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
11585 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17178 22151))
11586 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
11588 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
11590 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
11591 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
11592 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
11593 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11594 there, then load the URL at or before point.
11596 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
11598 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
11599 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
11600 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
11602 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
11604 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
11605 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
11611 ;;;### (autoloads (grep-tree grep-find grep-mode grep grep-compute-defaults
11612 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
11613 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17178 22153))
11614 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
11616 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
11617 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
11619 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep")
11621 (defvar grep-command nil "\
11622 The default grep command for \\[grep].
11623 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
11624 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
11625 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
11627 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
11628 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
11630 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep")
11632 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
11633 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
11634 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
11635 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
11637 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep")
11639 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
11640 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
11642 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep")
11644 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(
\e\\[01;31m\\(?:
\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(
\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
11645 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
11647 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
11648 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
11649 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11651 (defvar find-program "find" "\
11652 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
11653 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11655 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
11656 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
11658 If nil, it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
11659 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
11661 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11663 (defvar grep-history nil)
11665 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
11667 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
11668 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
11669 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
11673 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
11678 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
11679 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11680 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
11681 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
11682 where grep found matches.
11684 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
11685 easily repeat a grep command.
11687 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
11688 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
11689 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
11690 if that history list is empty).
11692 If specified, optional second arg HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is the regexp to
11693 temporarily highlight in visited source lines.
11695 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS &optional HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" t nil)
11697 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
11698 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
11702 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
11703 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
11704 Collect output in a buffer.
11705 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
11706 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11708 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11709 easily repeat a find command.
11711 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
11713 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
11715 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "grep" "\
11716 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
11717 Collect output in a buffer.
11718 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
11719 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
11720 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11721 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
11722 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11724 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
11725 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11727 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11728 easily repeat a find command.
11730 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
11731 those sub directories of DIR.
11733 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
11737 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17178 22146))
11738 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
11740 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
11741 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
11742 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
11743 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
11744 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
11746 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
11750 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb
11751 ;;;;;; perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17178 22153))
11752 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
11754 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
11755 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11756 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11757 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11759 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11761 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
11762 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11763 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11764 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11766 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11768 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
11769 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11770 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11771 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11773 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11775 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
11776 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11777 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11778 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11780 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
11781 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
11783 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11785 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
11786 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11787 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11788 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11790 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11792 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
11793 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
11794 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11795 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11797 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11799 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
11800 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
11801 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
11802 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
11803 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
11805 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
11806 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
11807 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
11808 original source file access method.
11810 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
11811 gud, see `gud-mode'.
11813 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11815 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
11816 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11817 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11818 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11820 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11821 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
11823 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
11825 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
11826 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
11830 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
11831 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
11832 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11833 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11834 use either \\[customize] or the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
11836 (custom-autoload (quote gud-tooltip-mode) "gud")
11838 (put (quote gud-tooltip-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
11840 (autoload (quote gud-tooltip-mode) "gud" "\
11841 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
11843 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11847 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17178
11849 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
11851 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
11852 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
11853 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
11854 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
11856 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
11857 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
11858 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
11859 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
11865 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
11866 ;;;;;; (17178 20480))
11867 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
11869 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
11870 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
11872 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
11874 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
11875 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
11876 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
11877 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
11879 Repent before ring 31 moves.
11883 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
11884 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
11885 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
11886 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
11893 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
11894 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
11895 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
11896 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17178 22146))
11897 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
11899 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
11900 Return the help-echo string at point.
11901 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
11902 property, or nil, is returned.
11903 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
11904 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
11905 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
11907 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
11909 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
11910 Return the keyboard help string at point.
11911 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
11912 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
11913 this produces no string either, return nil.
11917 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
11918 Display local help in the echo area.
11919 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
11920 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
11921 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
11924 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
11925 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
11926 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
11928 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11930 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
11931 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
11932 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
11936 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
11937 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
11938 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
11942 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
11943 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
11944 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
11945 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
11946 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
11947 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
11948 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
11949 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
11950 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
11951 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
11952 a non-empty list disables the feature.
11954 This variable only takes effect after a call to
11955 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
11956 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
11957 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
11958 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
11960 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
11961 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
11962 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
11963 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
11964 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
11965 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
11966 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
11967 The default is `never'.")
11969 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt")
11971 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
11972 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
11973 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
11974 hook.variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
11975 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
11976 considered different regions.
11978 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
11979 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
11980 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
11981 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
11982 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
11983 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
11984 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
11985 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
11986 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
11988 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
11990 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
11991 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
11992 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
11993 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
11996 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
11997 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
11998 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
11999 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12000 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12001 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12002 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12003 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12005 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12006 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12007 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12008 rarely happens in practice.
12010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12012 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12013 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12014 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12015 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12016 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12017 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12023 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12024 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 help-C-file-name describe-function
12025 ;;;;;; locate-library help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12026 ;;;;;; (17178 22146))
12027 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12029 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
12030 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
12031 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
12032 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
12033 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
12034 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
12036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12038 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
12039 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
12040 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
12041 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
12042 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
12043 to the specified name LIBRARY.
12045 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
12046 is used instead of `load-path'.
12048 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
12049 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
12050 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
12052 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
12054 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
12055 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12057 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12059 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12060 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12061 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12063 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12065 (defface help-argument-name (quote ((((supports :slant italic)) :inherit italic))) "Face to highlight argument names in *Help* buffers." :group (quote help))
12067 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
12070 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12072 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
12073 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
12074 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12075 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12077 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12079 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
12080 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12081 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12082 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12083 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12084 it is displayed along with the global value.
12086 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12088 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
12089 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12090 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12091 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12093 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12095 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
12096 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12097 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12098 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12099 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12101 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12105 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12106 ;;;;;; (17178 22146))
12107 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12109 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12110 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12111 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
12112 and window listing and describing the options.
12113 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
12114 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
12116 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
12120 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12121 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
12122 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17178 22146))
12123 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12125 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
12126 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12127 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12133 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
12138 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
12143 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
12144 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12146 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12147 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12148 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12149 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12151 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12152 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12153 restore it properly when going back.
12155 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12157 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
12158 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12160 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12161 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12162 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12163 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12164 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12165 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12166 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12167 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12169 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12170 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12171 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12172 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12174 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12175 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12178 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12180 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
12181 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12182 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12183 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12184 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12185 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12187 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12189 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
12190 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12191 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12192 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12193 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12195 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12197 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
12198 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12200 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12204 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12205 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17178 22144))
12206 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12208 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
12209 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12213 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
12214 Provide help for current mode.
12220 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12221 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17178 22146))
12222 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12224 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
12225 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12226 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12227 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12228 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12230 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12231 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12233 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12234 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12235 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12236 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12238 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12239 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12242 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12247 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12248 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12249 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12250 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12251 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12252 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12253 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12254 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12255 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12256 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12257 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12258 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12259 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12260 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12261 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12263 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
12264 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12265 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12267 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12270 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12272 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12273 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12274 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12276 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12277 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12278 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12280 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12281 into the buffer at the current point.
12283 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12284 into the buffer at the current point.
12286 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12287 into the buffer at the current point.
12289 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12291 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12292 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12294 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12296 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12298 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12300 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
12301 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
12302 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
12304 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12306 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
12307 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12308 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12314 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12315 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12316 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (17178
12318 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12320 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
12321 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
12323 (custom-autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
12325 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
12326 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12328 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12329 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
12330 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
12331 which can be called interactively, are:
12333 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12334 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12336 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12337 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12338 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12339 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12341 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12342 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12344 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12345 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12347 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12348 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
12349 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12350 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12351 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12352 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
12354 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12355 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12357 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
12358 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
12360 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
12361 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
12362 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
12365 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12367 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12369 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
12371 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12372 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12374 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12375 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12376 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
12377 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
12379 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12381 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
12383 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12384 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
12386 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12387 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12388 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
12389 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
12391 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12393 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
12395 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12396 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
12398 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
12399 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
12401 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12403 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
12405 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12406 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
12408 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
12409 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
12410 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
12411 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
12412 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12414 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12416 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
12417 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
12419 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
12420 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
12421 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
12427 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
12428 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17178 22153))
12429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
12431 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
12432 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
12433 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12434 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
12435 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
12436 how the hiding is done:
12439 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
12440 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
12443 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
12444 An association list of defined symbol lists.
12445 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12446 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12447 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
12450 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
12451 #endif lines when hiding.
12453 `hide-ifdef-initially'
12454 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
12457 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
12458 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
12459 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
12461 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
12463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12465 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
12466 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
12468 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
12470 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
12471 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
12473 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
12475 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
12476 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
12478 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
12482 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
12483 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (17178 22153))
12484 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
12486 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
12487 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
12489 (custom-autoload (quote hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) "hideshow")
12491 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
12492 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
12493 Each element has the form
12494 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
12496 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
12497 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
12499 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
12500 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
12502 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
12503 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
12504 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
12505 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
12506 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
12507 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
12509 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
12510 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
12512 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
12513 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
12515 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
12516 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
12517 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
12519 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
12520 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
12521 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
12522 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
12523 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
12524 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
12526 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
12527 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
12528 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
12530 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
12531 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
12533 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
12536 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
12538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12542 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
12543 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
12544 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
12545 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
12546 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17178 22146))
12547 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
12549 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
12550 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
12551 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
12553 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
12555 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
12556 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
12558 Without an argument:
12559 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
12560 or passive state as determined by the variable
12561 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
12564 With an argument ARG:
12565 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
12566 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
12567 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
12569 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
12570 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
12571 not displayed in a different face.
12574 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
12575 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
12576 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
12577 buffer with the contents of a file
12578 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
12579 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
12583 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
12584 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
12585 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
12587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12589 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
12590 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12594 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
12595 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12599 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
12600 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
12602 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
12603 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
12604 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
12605 shown in the last face in the list.
12607 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
12608 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
12609 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
12611 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
12615 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
12616 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
12618 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
12620 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
12623 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
12624 written to a temporary file for comparison.
12626 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12627 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12628 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12630 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
12632 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
12633 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
12635 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
12636 this function is called interactively.
12638 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
12639 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
12640 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
12642 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12643 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12644 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12646 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
12648 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
12649 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
12651 When called interactively:
12652 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
12653 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
12654 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
12655 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
12657 When called from a program:
12658 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
12659 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
12660 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
12661 - otherwise just turn it on
12663 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
12664 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
12665 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
12666 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
12668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12672 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
12673 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
12674 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
12675 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
12676 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17178 22146))
12677 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
12679 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
12680 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
12681 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
12682 or insert functions in this list.")
12684 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
12686 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
12687 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
12689 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
12691 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
12692 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
12694 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
12696 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
12697 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
12699 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
12701 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
12702 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
12704 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
12706 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
12707 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
12708 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
12710 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
12712 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
12713 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
12714 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
12717 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
12719 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
12720 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
12721 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
12722 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
12723 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
12725 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
12727 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
12728 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
12729 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
12730 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
12731 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
12733 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
12734 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
12735 undoes the expansion.
12739 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
12740 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
12741 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
12742 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
12744 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
12748 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
12749 ;;;;;; (17178 22146))
12750 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
12752 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
12753 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
12754 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
12756 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
12757 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
12758 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
12759 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
12760 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
12762 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
12763 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
12764 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
12765 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
12767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12769 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
12770 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
12771 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12772 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12773 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
12775 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
12777 (put (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
12779 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
12780 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
12781 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
12783 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
12784 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
12786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12790 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
12791 ;;;;;; (17178 20480))
12792 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
12794 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
12795 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
12796 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
12798 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
12800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12802 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
12803 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
12805 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
12806 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
12808 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
12810 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
12814 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
12815 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (17178 22152))
12816 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
12818 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
12819 This function is obsolete.
12820 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
12821 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
12825 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
12826 This function is obsolete.
12827 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
12828 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
12830 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12832 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
12833 This function is obsolete.
12834 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
12835 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
12837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12841 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17178
12843 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
12845 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
12846 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
12852 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
12853 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
12854 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
12855 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
12856 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
12857 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
12858 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
12859 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
12860 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
12861 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
12862 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
12863 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
12864 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
12865 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
12866 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
12867 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
12868 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
12869 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
12870 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
12871 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
12872 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
12873 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17178 22146))
12874 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
12876 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12877 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
12878 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
12880 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12882 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12883 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
12885 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
12887 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12888 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
12890 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
12892 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12893 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
12895 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
12897 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12898 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
12902 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12903 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
12905 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
12907 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12908 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
12910 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
12911 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el")
12912 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
12913 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el")
12914 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
12915 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
12916 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el")
12917 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el")
12918 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
12919 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
12920 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
12921 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el")
12923 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
12926 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
12928 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12929 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
12933 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12934 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
12938 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12939 Remove the first filter group.
12943 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12944 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
12946 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12948 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
12949 Remove all filter groups.
12953 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12954 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
12958 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12959 Kill the filter group named NAME.
12960 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
12964 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
12965 Kill the filter group at point.
12966 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
12968 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
12970 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
12971 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
12975 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12976 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
12980 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
12981 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
12982 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
12983 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
12985 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
12987 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
12988 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
12989 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
12993 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
12994 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
12995 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
12996 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
12997 of replacing the current filters.
13001 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
13002 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13006 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13007 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
13011 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13012 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
13014 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
13015 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
13016 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
13020 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13021 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
13025 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13026 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
13030 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13031 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
13032 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
13035 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
13037 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13038 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13039 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13041 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
13043 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13044 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13048 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13049 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
13053 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13054 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13055 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13056 of replacing the current filters.
13059 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
13060 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
13061 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el")
13062 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el")
13063 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el")
13064 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el")
13065 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el")
13066 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el")
13068 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13069 Toggle the current sorting mode.
13070 Default sorting modes are:
13071 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
13072 Name - the name of the buffer
13073 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
13074 Size - the size of the buffer
13078 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
13079 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
13082 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
13083 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el")
13084 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el")
13085 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el")
13087 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13088 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
13092 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
13093 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
13094 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
13095 for this Ibuffer session.
13097 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13099 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13100 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
13101 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
13102 for this Ibuffer session.
13104 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13106 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13107 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13109 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13110 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13112 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
13113 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
13115 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
13117 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13118 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13120 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13121 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13123 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
13125 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
13126 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
13130 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
13131 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
13133 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
13134 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
13135 hidden group filter, open it.
13137 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
13138 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
13139 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
13143 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
13144 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
13145 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
13149 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
13150 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
13152 The names are separated by a space.
13153 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
13155 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
13156 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
13157 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
13158 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
13160 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
13162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13164 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13165 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
13167 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13169 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13170 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
13172 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13174 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13175 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
13177 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13179 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13180 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
13184 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13185 Mark all modified buffers.
13189 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13190 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
13194 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13195 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
13199 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13200 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
13204 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13205 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
13209 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13210 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
13214 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13215 Mark all read-only buffers.
13219 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13220 Mark all `dired' buffers.
13224 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
13225 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
13226 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
13229 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
13233 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13234 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17178
13236 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13238 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
13239 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13241 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13242 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13243 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13245 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13246 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13247 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13248 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13249 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13250 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13252 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13253 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13254 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13255 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13256 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13258 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13260 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
13261 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13262 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13263 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13264 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13266 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13267 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13268 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13270 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13272 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
13273 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13274 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13275 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13276 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13277 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13279 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13280 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13281 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13282 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13283 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13284 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13285 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13286 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13288 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13289 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13290 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13291 buffer's modification flag.
13292 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13293 prompted before performing this operation.
13294 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13295 operation is complete, in the form:
13296 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13297 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13298 confirmation message, in the form:
13299 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13300 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13301 macro for exactly what it does.
13303 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13305 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
13306 Define a filter named NAME.
13307 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13308 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13309 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13311 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13312 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13313 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13314 bound to the current value of the filter.
13316 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13320 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13321 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17178 22146))
13322 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13324 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
13325 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13326 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13327 buffers which are visiting a file.
13329 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13331 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
13332 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13333 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13334 buffers which are visiting a file.
13336 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13338 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
13339 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13340 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13342 All arguments are optional.
13343 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13344 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13345 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13346 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13347 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13348 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13349 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13350 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13351 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13352 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13353 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13354 that value locally in this buffer.
13356 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
13360 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13361 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13362 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17178 22143))
13363 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13365 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
13366 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13367 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13368 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13370 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13372 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
13373 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13374 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13375 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13377 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13378 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13379 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13381 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13383 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
13384 Import a iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13385 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13386 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13387 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13388 non-marking or not.
13390 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13392 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
13393 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13395 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13396 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13399 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13400 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13401 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
13403 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13406 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13407 means that an error has occured. Error messages will be in the
13408 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13410 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13414 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17178
13416 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13418 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
13419 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13420 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13421 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13422 use either \\[customize] or the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13424 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete")
13426 (put (quote icomplete-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
13428 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
13429 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13430 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
13432 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13436 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17178 22153))
13437 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13439 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
13440 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13441 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13442 Tab indents for Icon code.
13443 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13444 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13446 Variables controlling indentation style:
13447 icon-tab-always-indent
13448 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13449 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13451 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13452 inserted in Icon code.
13454 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13455 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13456 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13457 icon-continued-statement-offset
13458 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13459 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13460 icon-continued-brace-offset
13461 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13462 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13464 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13465 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13466 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13467 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13469 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13470 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13476 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13477 ;;;;;; (17178 22153))
13478 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13480 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
13481 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13482 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13483 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13485 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13486 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13489 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13490 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13492 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13493 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13494 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13496 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13498 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
13502 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13503 ;;;;;; (17178 20481))
13504 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13506 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
13507 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 5.7_22).
13509 The main features of this mode are
13511 1. Indentation and Formatting
13512 --------------------------
13513 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13514 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
13516 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
13517 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
13518 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
13519 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
13521 Comments are indented as follows:
13523 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
13524 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
13525 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
13527 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
13529 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
13530 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
13531 relative to the first will be retained. Use
13532 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
13533 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
13534 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
13536 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
13537 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
13538 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
13539 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
13543 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
13544 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
13545 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
13546 source file of a module. These commands know about system
13547 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
13548 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
13549 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
13550 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
13551 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
13552 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
13556 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
13557 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single
13558 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. The
13559 HTML help files package must be installed for this to work -- check
13560 the IDLWAVE webpage for the correct package for your version. See
13561 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
13565 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
13566 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
13567 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
13568 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
13569 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
13572 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
13573 --------------------------------
13574 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
13575 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
13577 \\pr PROCEDURE template
13578 \\fu FUNCTION template
13579 \\c CASE statement template
13580 \\sw SWITCH statement template
13581 \\f FOR loop template
13582 \\r REPEAT Loop template
13583 \\w WHILE loop template
13584 \\i IF statement template
13585 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
13588 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
13589 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
13591 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
13592 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
13593 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
13594 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
13596 6. Automatic Case Conversion
13597 -------------------------
13598 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
13599 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
13601 7. Automatic END completion
13602 ------------------------
13603 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
13604 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
13608 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
13609 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
13611 9. Documentation and Customization
13612 -------------------------------
13613 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
13614 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
13615 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
13616 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
13617 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
13621 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
13622 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
13623 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
13625 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
13628 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
13632 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
13633 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
13634 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
13635 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
13636 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
13637 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
13638 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
13639 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17178
13641 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
13643 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
13644 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
13645 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
13646 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
13648 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13649 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13650 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13652 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13653 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
13655 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
13657 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
13658 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
13659 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13660 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13661 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13662 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13663 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13664 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13665 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13667 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13669 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
13670 Switch to another buffer.
13671 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13672 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13675 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13676 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13677 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13678 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
13679 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
13681 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13682 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13684 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
13685 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13687 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13688 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13689 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13690 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13691 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13692 in a separate window.
13693 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
13694 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13695 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13696 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13697 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
13698 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
13699 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
13700 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
13701 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
13705 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
13706 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13707 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13708 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13712 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
13713 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13714 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13715 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13719 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
13721 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13722 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13726 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
13727 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
13728 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13729 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13733 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
13734 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13735 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13736 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13740 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
13741 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
13745 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
13746 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
13747 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
13748 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
13749 visible in another frame.
13751 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
13752 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
13753 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
13754 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
13755 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
13756 except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
13758 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
13759 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
13761 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
13762 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
13764 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13765 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13766 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13767 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
13768 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
13769 in a separate window.
13770 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
13771 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
13772 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
13773 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
13774 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
13775 \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
13776 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
13777 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13778 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13779 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13780 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
13781 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
13782 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
13783 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
13784 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
13788 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
13789 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13790 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13791 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13795 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
13796 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13797 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13798 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13802 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
13803 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
13804 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13805 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13809 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
13810 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
13811 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13812 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13816 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
13817 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
13818 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13819 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13823 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
13824 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
13825 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13826 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13830 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
13831 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
13832 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13833 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13837 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
13838 Write current buffer to a file.
13839 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13840 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13844 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
13845 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
13846 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13847 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13851 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
13852 Call dired the ido way.
13853 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13854 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13858 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
13859 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13860 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13861 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13862 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13863 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
13865 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
13867 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
13868 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
13869 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13870 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
13872 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
13874 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
13875 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
13876 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13877 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
13879 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
13881 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
13882 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
13883 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
13884 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
13885 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
13886 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
13887 with `completing-read'.
13888 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
13889 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
13890 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
13891 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
13892 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
13893 with point positioned at the end.
13894 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
13895 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
13897 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
13901 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17178 22146))
13902 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
13903 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
13905 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
13906 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
13907 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
13913 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
13914 ;;;;;; (17178 22146))
13915 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
13917 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
13918 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
13922 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
13923 Toggle inline image minor mode.
13925 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13929 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
13930 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-available-p
13931 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-data) "image"
13932 ;;;;;; "image.el" (17178 22146))
13933 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
13935 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
13936 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
13937 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
13940 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
13942 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
13943 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
13944 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
13947 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13949 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
13950 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
13951 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
13953 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
13955 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
13957 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
13958 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
13959 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
13960 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
13961 use its file extension as image type.
13962 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
13963 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
13964 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
13965 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
13967 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
13969 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
13970 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
13971 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
13972 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
13973 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
13974 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
13975 POS may be an integer or marker.
13976 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
13977 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
13978 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
13979 means display it in the right marginal area.
13981 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
13983 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
13984 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
13985 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
13986 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
13987 defaulted if you omit it.
13988 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
13989 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
13990 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
13991 means display it in the right marginal area.
13992 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
13993 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
13994 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
13995 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
13996 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
13998 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14000 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
14001 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14002 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14003 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14004 defaulted if you omit it.
14005 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14006 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14007 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14008 means display it in the right marginal area.
14009 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
14011 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14013 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
14014 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14015 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14016 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14018 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14020 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
14021 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14023 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14025 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14026 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14027 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14028 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14029 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14030 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14031 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14032 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14035 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'.
14037 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14039 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
14040 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14042 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14043 documentation string.
14045 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14046 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14047 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14048 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14049 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14050 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14051 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14056 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14057 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14059 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14063 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14064 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14065 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17178 22146))
14066 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14068 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
14069 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
14070 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14071 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14073 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14074 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14075 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14076 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14078 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
14080 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14081 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14082 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14083 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14085 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14086 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14087 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14088 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14090 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
14092 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
14093 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14097 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
14098 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14099 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14100 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14102 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14104 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14105 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14106 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14107 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14108 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14110 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
14112 (put (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
14114 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
14115 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14116 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14117 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14119 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14120 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14121 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14123 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14127 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
14128 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17178 20481))
14129 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14130 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14131 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14132 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14133 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14134 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14135 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
14137 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
14138 Major mode for image files.
14139 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14140 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14144 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
14145 Toggle Image minor mode.
14146 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14147 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
14149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14151 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
14152 Set major or minor mode for image files.
14153 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
14154 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
14155 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
14156 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
14158 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
14159 information on these modes.
14165 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14166 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17178 22146))
14167 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14169 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
14170 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14172 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14174 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14175 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14178 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14180 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14181 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14182 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14184 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
14186 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
14187 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14189 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14190 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14191 pattern's structure.
14193 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14194 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14195 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14198 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
14200 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
14201 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
14203 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
14204 of the current buffer as an alist.
14206 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
14207 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
14208 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
14209 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
14210 if it is a sub-alist.
14212 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.")
14214 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
14216 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
14217 Function for finding the next index position.
14219 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14220 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14221 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14224 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14225 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14227 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
14229 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
14230 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14232 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14233 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14234 It should return the name for that index item.")
14236 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
14238 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
14239 Function to compare string with index item.
14241 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14242 non-nil if they match.
14244 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14245 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14246 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14247 arguments match\".")
14249 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
14251 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
14252 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14253 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14255 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
14257 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
14259 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
14261 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
14262 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14263 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14264 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14268 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
14269 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14271 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14275 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
14276 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14277 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14278 for more information.
14280 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
14284 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14285 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14286 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17178 20481))
14287 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14289 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
14290 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14292 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14294 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
14297 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14299 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
14302 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14304 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
14307 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
14309 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
14310 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
14311 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
14312 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
14313 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
14315 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
14317 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
14318 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
14319 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
14320 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
14321 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
14323 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
14327 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14328 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14329 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17178 22153))
14330 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14332 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
14333 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14334 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14335 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14336 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14338 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp")
14340 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
14341 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14343 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp")
14345 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
14346 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14347 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14348 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14349 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14350 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14351 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14352 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14354 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp")
14356 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
14357 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14358 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14359 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14360 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14362 This variable is only used if the variable
14363 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14365 More precise choices:
14366 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
14367 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
14370 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
14372 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp")
14374 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
14375 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
14377 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
14378 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
14379 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
14381 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
14382 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
14383 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
14384 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
14387 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
14389 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
14393 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
14394 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
14395 ;;;;;; Info-directory info-standalone info-emacs-manual info info-other-window)
14396 ;;;;;; "info" "info.el" (17178 22146))
14397 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
14399 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
14400 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
14402 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
14403 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
14404 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
14406 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
14407 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
14408 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
14409 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
14410 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
14411 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
14412 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
14413 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
14414 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
14415 with the top-level Info directory.
14417 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
14418 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
14419 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
14420 appended to the Info buffer name.
14422 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
14423 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
14424 in all the directories in that path.
14426 \(fn &optional FILE BUFFER)" t nil)
14428 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
14429 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
14433 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
14434 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
14435 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
14436 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
14440 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
14441 Go to the Info directory node.
14445 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
14446 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this file.
14447 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
14448 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
14449 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
14450 Give a blank topic name to go to the Index node itself.
14452 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
14454 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
14455 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
14456 Build a menu of the possible matches.
14458 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
14460 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
14461 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
14462 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
14463 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
14464 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
14466 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
14467 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
14469 Selecting other nodes:
14470 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
14471 Follow a node reference you click on.
14472 This works with menu items, cross references, and
14473 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
14474 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
14475 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
14476 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
14477 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
14478 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
14479 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
14480 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
14481 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
14482 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
14483 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
14484 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
14485 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
14486 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
14487 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
14488 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14489 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14490 \\[Info-index] Look up a topic in this file's Index and move to that node.
14491 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
14492 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
14494 Moving within a node:
14495 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
14496 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
14497 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
14498 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
14499 move up to the parent node.
14500 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
14501 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
14503 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
14506 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
14507 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
14508 \\[Info-edit] Edit contents of selected node.
14509 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
14510 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
14511 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
14512 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
14513 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
14514 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
14515 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
14516 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
14517 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
14518 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
14519 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
14520 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
14521 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
14524 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
14526 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
14527 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
14528 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14529 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14530 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14531 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
14533 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
14534 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
14536 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
14537 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
14539 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
14540 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14541 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14542 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14546 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
14547 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
14548 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
14554 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
14555 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
14556 ;;;;;; (17178 22146))
14557 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
14559 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
14560 Throw away all cached data.
14561 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
14562 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
14566 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
14568 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
14569 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
14570 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
14571 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
14572 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14573 The default symbol is the one found at point.
14575 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
14577 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
14578 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
14580 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
14581 Display the documentation of a file.
14582 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
14583 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
14584 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14585 The default file name is the one found at point.
14587 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
14589 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
14591 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
14592 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
14594 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14596 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
14597 Perform completion on file preceding point.
14599 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14603 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
14604 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17178 22146))
14605 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
14607 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
14608 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
14610 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
14612 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
14613 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
14614 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
14618 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
14619 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
14620 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
14622 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
14623 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
14630 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
14631 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17178 22146))
14632 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
14634 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
14635 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
14637 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
14639 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
14640 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
14641 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
14643 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
14644 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
14645 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
14647 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
14648 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
14649 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
14650 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
14654 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
14655 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
14656 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
14660 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
14661 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
14662 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
14663 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
14664 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
14670 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
14671 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
14672 ;;;;;; (17178 22146))
14673 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
14675 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
14676 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
14680 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
14681 Toggle input method in interactive search.
14685 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
14688 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
14692 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17178
14694 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
14696 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
14697 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
14698 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
14699 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
14700 accessed via isearchb.
14706 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
14707 ;;;;;; (17178 22152))
14708 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
14710 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
14711 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
14712 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
14713 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
14714 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
14715 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
14717 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
14718 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
14720 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
14721 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
14722 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
14723 \"s gives German sharp s.
14724 /a gives a with ring.
14725 /e gives an a-e ligature.
14726 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
14727 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
14728 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
14730 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
14731 and a negative argument disables it.
14733 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14737 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
14738 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
14739 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
14740 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17178 20480))
14741 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
14743 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
14744 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
14745 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14746 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14748 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14750 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
14751 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
14752 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14753 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14755 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14757 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
14758 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
14759 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14760 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14762 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14764 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
14765 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14766 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14767 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14769 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14771 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
14772 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14773 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14774 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14776 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14778 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
14779 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
14780 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14781 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14783 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14785 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
14786 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
14787 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14788 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14790 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14792 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
14793 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
14794 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
14795 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14797 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14799 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
14800 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14801 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
14802 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14804 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14806 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
14807 Warn that format is read-only.
14811 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
14812 Warn that format is write-only.
14816 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
14817 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
14823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
14824 ;;;;;; (17178 20504))
14825 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
14826 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
14827 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
14828 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
14832 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
14833 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
14834 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
14835 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
14836 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
14837 ;;;;;; (17178 22154))
14838 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
14840 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
14841 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
14842 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
14843 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
14845 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
14847 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
14848 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
14849 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
14851 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
14852 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
14855 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
14857 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
14859 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
14861 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
14863 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
14865 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
14867 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
14869 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
14870 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
14872 Each element of this list is also a list:
14874 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
14875 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
14877 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
14878 nil means the default dictionary.
14880 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
14883 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
14885 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
14886 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
14887 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
14888 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
14889 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
14890 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
14891 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
14892 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
14893 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
14895 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
14896 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
14897 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
14898 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
14899 for non-ASCII bytes.
14901 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
14902 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
14905 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
14908 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
14909 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
14910 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
14911 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
14912 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
14913 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
14914 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
14915 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
14917 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
14919 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
14920 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
14921 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
14923 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
14924 Key map for ispell menu.")
14926 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
14927 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
14928 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
14929 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
14931 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
14933 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
14935 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
14937 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
14939 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
14940 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
14941 The alist key must be a regular expression.
14942 Valid forms include:
14943 (KEY) - just skip the key.
14944 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
14945 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
14946 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
14948 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
14949 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
14950 First list is used raw.
14951 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
14953 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
14954 for skipping in latex mode.")
14956 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
14957 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
14958 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
14959 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
14960 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
14961 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
14963 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
14964 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
14965 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
14966 in a window allowing you to choose one.
14968 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
14969 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
14970 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
14971 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
14972 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
14974 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
14975 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
14977 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
14978 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
14980 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
14981 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
14984 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
14985 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
14986 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
14987 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
14988 quit spell session exited.
14990 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
14992 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
14993 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
14994 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
14996 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
14998 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
14999 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15003 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15004 SPC: Accept word this time.
15005 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15006 `a': Accept word for this session.
15007 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15008 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15009 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15010 `?': Show these commands.
15011 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15012 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15013 the aborted check to be completed later.
15014 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15015 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15016 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15017 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15018 `C-l': redraws screen
15019 `C-r': recursive edit
15020 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
15024 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
15025 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15026 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15028 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15030 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
15031 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15032 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15033 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15035 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15037 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15039 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
15040 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15041 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15042 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15044 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15046 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
15047 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15051 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
15052 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15056 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
15057 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15061 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
15062 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15063 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15064 sequence inside of a word.
15066 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15068 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15070 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
15071 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15075 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
15076 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15077 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15078 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15080 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15081 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15082 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15083 available on the net.
15087 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
15088 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15089 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
15091 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15092 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15094 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15095 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15099 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
15100 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15101 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15102 Don't check included messages.
15104 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15105 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15106 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15108 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15109 in your .emacs file:
15110 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15111 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15112 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15113 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15115 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15116 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15117 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15123 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17178
15125 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15127 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15128 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15129 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15130 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15131 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15133 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
15135 (put (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
15137 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
15138 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15139 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
15140 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15141 `iswitchb' for details.
15143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15147 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15148 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15149 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15150 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17178 20481))
15151 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15153 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
15158 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
15159 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15160 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15161 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15162 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15163 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15164 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15165 necessary to represent OBJ.
15167 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
15169 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
15170 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15171 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15172 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15174 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15176 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
15177 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15178 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15179 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15180 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15182 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
15184 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
15185 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15186 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15187 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15189 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15191 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
15192 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15193 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15194 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15196 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
15198 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
15199 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15201 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15203 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
15204 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15205 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15206 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15207 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15209 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
15211 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
15212 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15213 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15214 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15215 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15217 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
15219 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
15220 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15221 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15223 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15227 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (17178
15229 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
15231 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
15232 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
15233 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
15234 that needs to be (re)fontified.
15235 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful.
15237 \(fn FUN &optional CONTEXTUAL)" nil nil)
15241 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15242 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17178 22147))
15243 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15245 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
15246 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15247 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15248 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15250 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
15253 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15255 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
15256 Uninstall jka-compr.
15257 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15258 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15259 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15265 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15266 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15267 ;;;;;; (17178 22144))
15268 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15270 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
15271 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15272 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15273 decimal key must be specified.")
15275 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
15277 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
15278 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15279 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15280 decimal key must be specified.")
15282 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
15284 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
15285 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15286 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15287 decimal key must be specified.")
15289 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
15291 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
15292 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15293 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15294 decimal key must be specified.")
15296 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
15298 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
15299 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
15300 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15301 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15302 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15306 -------------------------------------------------------------
15307 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15308 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15309 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15310 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15311 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15312 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15313 in the global and local keymaps.
15315 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15316 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15318 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
15322 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15323 ;;;;;; (17178 20480))
15324 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15326 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
15327 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15328 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15330 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15331 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15332 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15333 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15336 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15337 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15338 the context of text formatting.
15340 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
15344 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17178
15346 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15348 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
15349 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15350 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15351 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15352 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15353 positions that contains the current selection.")
15355 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
15356 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15357 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15358 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15359 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15360 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15361 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15363 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15367 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15368 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15369 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
15370 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17178 22147))
15371 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15372 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
15373 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
15374 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
15375 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
15376 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
15377 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
15378 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
15380 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
15381 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15382 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15383 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
15384 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
15386 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
15388 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
15389 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
15390 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
15392 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
15393 defining the macro.
15395 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
15396 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15397 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15399 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
15400 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
15404 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
15405 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
15406 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15407 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
15408 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
15411 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
15412 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
15413 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
15417 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
15418 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15419 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
15421 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
15422 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
15423 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
15424 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
15426 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
15427 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15429 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
15431 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
15432 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15433 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15435 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
15438 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
15439 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
15441 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
15442 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
15443 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
15445 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15446 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15450 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
15451 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
15452 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15453 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
15455 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15457 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
15458 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
15459 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15460 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
15462 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
15463 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15465 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15467 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
15468 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
15469 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
15471 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
15475 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
15476 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
15477 ;;;;;; (17178 20481))
15478 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
15480 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
15482 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
15485 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15487 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
15490 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15492 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
15495 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15499 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
15500 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17178 20481))
15501 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
15503 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
15504 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
15505 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
15507 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
15514 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
15515 ;;;;;; (17178 22152))
15516 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
15518 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
15520 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
15521 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
15525 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
15527 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
15528 Start or resume an Lm game.
15529 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
15530 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
15532 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
15533 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15534 none / 1 | yes | no
15539 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
15540 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
15541 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
15547 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
15548 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
15549 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17178
15551 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
15553 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
15556 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15558 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
15559 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
15560 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
15561 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
15562 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
15563 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
15565 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
15566 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
15568 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
15570 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
15571 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
15573 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15575 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
15578 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15580 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
15581 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
15582 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
15583 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
15586 The return value is number of composed characters.
15588 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
15590 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
15593 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15597 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
15598 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
15599 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17178 20480))
15600 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
15602 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
15603 Mapping from encoding names used by LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
15604 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
15606 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc")
15608 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
15609 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
15610 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
15612 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
15614 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
15615 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
15616 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
15620 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
15621 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
15622 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
15623 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
15625 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
15629 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
15630 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17178 20480))
15631 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
15633 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
15634 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
15635 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
15636 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
15637 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
15638 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
15639 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
15640 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
15642 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
15643 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
15645 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15646 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15648 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
15650 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
15651 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
15652 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
15653 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
15654 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
15655 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
15656 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
15657 a Unicode font with which to display them.
15659 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
15661 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
15662 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
15663 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
15664 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
15666 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15667 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15669 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
15673 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
15674 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (17178 22152))
15675 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
15677 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
15678 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
15679 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
15680 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
15682 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
15684 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
15685 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
15688 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
15690 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
15691 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
15692 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
15693 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
15694 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
15697 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
15698 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
15699 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
15700 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
15701 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
15703 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
15704 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
15705 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
15706 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
15707 slow to keep up with your typing.
15709 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
15710 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
15711 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
15712 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
15713 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
15714 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
15716 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
15717 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
15718 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
15719 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
15721 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
15722 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
15723 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
15724 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
15726 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
15727 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
15728 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
15729 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
15730 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
15732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15734 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
15735 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
15741 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
15742 ;;;;;; (17178 22153))
15743 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
15745 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.lds" . ld-script-mode)))
15747 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
15748 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
15754 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
15755 ;;;;;; (17178 22149))
15756 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
15758 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
15759 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
15761 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
15762 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
15764 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
15765 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
15767 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
15768 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
15769 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
15770 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
15771 for later transmission to Lisp job.
15772 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
15773 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
15774 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
15775 and transmit saved text.
15777 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
15778 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
15782 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
15789 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17178 22152))
15790 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
15792 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
15793 Run Conway's Life simulation.
15794 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
15795 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
15796 generations (this defaults to 1).
15798 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
15802 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17178
15804 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
15806 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
15807 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
15808 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
15809 is nil, raise an error.
15811 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
15812 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
15813 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
15814 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
15815 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
15816 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
15817 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
15818 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
15819 such as redefining an Emacs function.
15821 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
15825 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
15826 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17178 22150))
15827 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
15829 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
15830 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
15831 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
15833 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate")
15835 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
15836 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
15837 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run.
15839 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
15841 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
15842 Run the locate command with a filter.
15844 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
15845 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search.
15847 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
15851 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17178 22150))
15852 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
15854 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
15855 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
15856 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
15857 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
15858 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
15859 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
15860 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
15861 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
15862 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
15863 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
15864 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
15865 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
15866 uses the current buffer.
15868 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
15872 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17178
15874 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
15876 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
15877 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
15883 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17178
15885 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
15887 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
15888 Toggle Long Lines mode.
15889 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
15890 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
15891 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
15893 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
15894 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
15895 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
15897 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
15898 are indicated with a symbol.
15900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15904 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
15905 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17178
15907 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
15909 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
15911 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
15913 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
15914 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
15915 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
15917 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
15918 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
15920 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
15921 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
15922 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
15923 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
15924 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
15925 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
15926 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
15928 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
15930 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
15931 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
15932 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
15933 switch on this list.
15934 See `lpr-command'.")
15936 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
15938 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
15939 *Name of program for printing a file.
15941 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
15942 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
15943 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
15944 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
15945 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
15946 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
15949 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
15951 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
15952 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
15953 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15954 for customization of the printer command.
15958 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
15959 Paginate and print buffer contents.
15961 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
15962 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
15963 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
15964 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
15966 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
15967 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
15969 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15970 for further customization of the printer command.
15974 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
15975 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
15976 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15977 for customization of the printer command.
15979 \(fn START END)" t nil)
15981 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
15982 Paginate and print the region contents.
15984 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
15985 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
15986 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
15987 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
15989 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
15990 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
15992 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15993 for further customization of the printer command.
15995 \(fn START END)" t nil)
15999 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16000 ;;;;;; (17178 22150))
16001 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16003 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16004 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16005 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16007 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
16011 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17178
16013 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16015 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
16016 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16017 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
16019 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16021 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16025 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17178
16027 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16029 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
16030 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16037 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16038 ;;;;;; (17178 22144))
16039 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16041 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
16042 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16043 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16044 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16045 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16047 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16051 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16052 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17178 22150))
16053 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16055 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16056 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16057 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16058 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16059 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16061 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16063 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16064 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16065 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16066 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16068 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16069 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16070 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16071 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16074 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16075 use this command, and then save the file.
16077 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16079 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
16080 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16081 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16082 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16083 each time the macro executes.
16084 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16085 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16086 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16087 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16088 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16089 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16090 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16094 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
16095 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16096 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16097 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16099 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16100 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16101 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16104 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16105 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16107 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16108 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16109 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16110 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16111 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16113 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16116 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16117 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16118 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16120 You could enter the names in this format:
16126 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16129 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16132 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16133 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16135 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16136 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16140 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16141 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17178 22150))
16142 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16144 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
16145 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16146 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
16147 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16148 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16150 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16151 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16152 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16153 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16154 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16156 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16157 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16158 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16161 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16163 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
16164 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16166 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16170 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16171 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16172 ;;;;;; (17178 22150))
16173 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16175 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
16176 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16180 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
16185 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16186 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16188 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
16190 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
16191 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16192 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16195 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16201 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16202 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
16203 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17178
16205 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16207 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16208 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16209 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16210 often correct parser.")
16212 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
16214 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
16217 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16219 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
16220 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16221 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16222 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16224 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16226 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
16227 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16228 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16229 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16231 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16233 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
16234 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16235 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16236 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16237 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
16238 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16239 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16242 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16244 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
16245 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16246 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
16247 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16248 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16249 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16251 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16255 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
16256 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17178 22150))
16257 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16259 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
16260 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16264 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
16265 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16266 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16268 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16270 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
16271 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16272 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16274 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16278 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16279 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17178
16281 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16283 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
16284 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16285 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16287 If `parens', they look like:
16288 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16289 If `angles', they look like:
16290 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16292 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
16294 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
16295 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16296 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16297 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16298 their `Resent-' variants.
16300 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16301 removed from alias expansions.
16303 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16305 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
16306 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16307 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16309 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16310 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16311 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16312 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16314 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16316 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
16317 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16318 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16319 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
16325 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode makefile-gmake-mode
16326 ;;;;;; makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
16327 ;;;;;; (17178 22153))
16328 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
16330 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
16331 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
16333 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
16334 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
16335 `makefile-makepp-mode' or `makefile-bsdmake-mode'. All but the
16336 last should be correctly chosen based on the file name, except if
16337 it is *.mk. This function ends by invoking the function(s)
16338 `makefile-mode-hook'.
16340 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16341 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16342 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16343 dependency, despite the colon.
16345 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16347 In the browser, use the following keys:
16349 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16351 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
16353 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
16354 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
16356 `makefile-target-colon':
16357 The string that gets appended to all target names
16358 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
16359 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
16361 `makefile-macro-assign':
16362 The string that gets appended to all macro names
16363 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
16364 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
16365 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
16366 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
16367 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
16369 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
16370 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
16371 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
16373 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
16374 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
16376 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
16377 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
16378 up or down in the browser.
16380 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
16381 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
16383 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
16384 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
16386 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
16387 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
16388 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
16389 has been selected in the browser.
16391 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
16392 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
16393 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
16394 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
16395 filenames are omitted.
16397 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
16398 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
16399 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
16400 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
16401 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
16402 the backslash itself intact.
16403 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
16404 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
16406 `makefile-browser-hook':
16407 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
16408 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
16410 `makefile-special-targets-list':
16411 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
16412 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
16413 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
16417 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
16418 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
16422 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
16423 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
16427 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
16428 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
16432 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
16433 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
16439 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17178
16441 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
16443 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
16444 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
16445 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
16451 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17178 22151))
16452 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
16454 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
16456 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
16457 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
16458 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
16459 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
16460 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
16461 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
16462 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
16464 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
16465 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
16466 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
16467 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
16469 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16471 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
16472 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
16474 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16478 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17178 22151))
16479 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
16481 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
16482 Toggle Master mode.
16483 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
16484 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
16485 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
16487 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
16488 following commands:
16490 \\{master-mode-map}
16492 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
16493 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
16494 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
16496 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16500 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17178
16502 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
16504 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
16506 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
16507 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
16508 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16509 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16510 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
16512 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
16514 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
16516 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
16517 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
16518 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
16519 created in the future.
16520 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
16521 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
16523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16527 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
16528 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
16529 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
16530 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
16531 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
16532 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-reduce-to-to-cc
16533 ;;;;;; message-cross-post-followup-to message-cross-post-insert-note
16534 ;;;;;; message-cross-post-followup-to-header message-add-archive-header
16535 ;;;;;; message-mark-insert-file message-mark-inserted-region message-change-subject
16536 ;;;;;; message-signature-insert-empty-line message-signature-file
16537 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
16538 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
16539 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
16540 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (17178 22145))
16541 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
16543 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
16544 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
16546 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
16548 If `parens', they look like:
16549 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16550 If `angles', they look like:
16551 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
16553 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
16554 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
16556 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
16558 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
16559 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
16561 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
16563 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
16564 *Local news organization file.")
16566 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
16568 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
16569 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
16570 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
16571 variable `mail-header-separator'.
16573 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
16574 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
16575 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
16577 See also `send-mail-function'.")
16579 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
16581 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
16582 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
16584 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
16585 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
16586 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
16587 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
16589 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
16591 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
16592 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
16593 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
16594 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
16596 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
16598 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
16599 *Function for citing an original message.
16600 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
16601 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
16602 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
16604 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
16606 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
16607 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
16608 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
16609 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
16610 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
16612 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
16614 (defvar message-signature t "\
16615 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
16616 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
16617 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
16618 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
16620 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
16622 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
16623 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
16624 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
16625 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
16627 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
16629 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
16630 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
16632 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message")
16634 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
16636 (autoload (quote message-change-subject) "message" "\
16637 Ask for NEW-SUBJECT header, append (was: <Old Subject>).
16639 \(fn NEW-SUBJECT)" t nil)
16641 (autoload (quote message-mark-inserted-region) "message" "\
16642 Mark some region in the current article with enclosing tags.
16643 See `message-mark-insert-begin' and `message-mark-insert-end'.
16645 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
16647 (autoload (quote message-mark-insert-file) "message" "\
16648 Insert FILE at point, marking it with enclosing tags.
16649 See `message-mark-insert-begin' and `message-mark-insert-end'.
16653 (autoload (quote message-add-archive-header) "message" "\
16654 Insert \"X-No-Archive: Yes\" in the header and a note in the body.
16655 The note can be customized using `message-archive-note'. When called with a
16656 prefix argument, ask for a text to insert. If you don't want the note in the
16657 body, set `message-archive-note' to nil.
16661 (autoload (quote message-cross-post-followup-to-header) "message" "\
16662 Mangles FollowUp-To and Newsgroups header to point to TARGET-GROUP.
16663 With prefix-argument just set Follow-Up, don't cross-post.
16665 \(fn TARGET-GROUP)" t nil)
16667 (autoload (quote message-cross-post-insert-note) "message" "\
16668 Insert a in message body note about a set Followup or Crosspost.
16669 If there have been previous notes, delete them. TARGET-GROUP specifies the
16670 group to Followup-To. When CROSS-POST is t, insert note about
16671 crossposting. IN-OLD specifies whether TARGET-GROUP is a member of
16672 OLD-GROUPS. OLD-GROUPS lists the old-groups the posting would have
16673 been made to before the user asked for a Crosspost.
16675 \(fn TARGET-GROUP CROSS-POST IN-OLD OLD-GROUPS)" nil nil)
16677 (autoload (quote message-cross-post-followup-to) "message" "\
16678 Crossposts message and set Followup-To to TARGET-GROUP.
16679 With prefix-argument just set Follow-Up, don't cross-post.
16681 \(fn TARGET-GROUP)" t nil)
16683 (autoload (quote message-reduce-to-to-cc) "message" "\
16684 Replace contents of To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc: header.
16688 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
16689 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
16690 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
16691 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
16692 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
16693 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
16694 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
16695 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
16696 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
16697 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
16698 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
16699 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
16700 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
16701 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
16702 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
16703 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
16704 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
16705 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
16706 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
16707 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
16708 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
16709 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
16710 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
16711 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
16712 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
16713 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
16714 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
16715 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
16716 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
16717 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
16718 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
16719 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
16720 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
16721 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
16722 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
16723 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
16724 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
16728 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
16729 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
16730 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
16732 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
16734 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
16735 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16737 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16739 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
16740 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
16742 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
16744 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
16745 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
16747 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
16749 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
16750 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
16751 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
16753 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
16755 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
16756 Cancel an article you posted.
16757 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
16759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16761 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
16762 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
16763 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
16764 header line with the old Message-ID.
16768 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
16769 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
16773 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
16774 Forward the current message via mail.
16775 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
16776 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
16778 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
16780 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
16783 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
16785 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
16788 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
16790 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
16791 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
16795 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
16796 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
16798 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
16800 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
16801 Re-mail the current message.
16802 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
16803 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
16808 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
16809 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
16811 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16813 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
16814 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
16816 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16818 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
16819 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16821 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16823 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
16824 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16826 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16828 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
16829 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
16830 Works by overstriking characters.
16831 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16832 which specify the range to operate on.
16834 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16836 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
16837 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
16838 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16839 which specify the range to operate on.
16841 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16845 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
16846 ;;;;;; (17178 22153))
16847 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
16849 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
16850 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
16854 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
16855 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16859 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
16860 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
16864 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
16865 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16871 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
16872 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
16873 ;;;;;; (17178 22150))
16874 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
16876 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
16877 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16878 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
16882 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
16883 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16884 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16885 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16886 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16887 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16888 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
16890 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16892 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
16893 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
16894 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16895 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16896 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16898 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16899 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16901 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16903 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
16904 Process current region through 'metamail'.
16905 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16906 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16907 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16909 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16910 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16912 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16916 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-user-agent-compose
16917 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17178
16919 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
16921 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
16922 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
16923 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to the MH mail
16926 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16930 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
16931 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
16932 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to the MH mail
16933 system. This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and thus
16934 is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail buffer. Users
16935 should use `mh-smail' to compose mail.
16937 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO, SUBJECT, and
16938 OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
16940 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
16942 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
16943 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
16944 This is `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E.
16946 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
16947 initial Subject field, respectively.
16949 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional
16950 header fields. Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both
16951 HEADER and VALUE are strings.
16953 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are ignored.
16955 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
16957 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
16958 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
16959 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to the MH mail
16962 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16966 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
16967 Mode for composing letters in MH-E.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
16969 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
16970 using the MH mail handling system.
16972 There are two types of MIME directives used by MH-E: Gnus and MH. The option
16973 `mh-compose-insertion' controls what type of directives are inserted by MH-E
16974 commands. These directives can be converted to MIME body parts by running
16975 \\[mh-edit-mhn] for mhn directives or \\[mh-mml-to-mime] for Gnus directives.
16976 This step is mandatory if these directives are added manually. If the
16977 directives are inserted with MH-E commands such as \\[mh-compose-insertion],
16978 the directives are expanded automatically when the letter is sent.
16980 Options that control this mode can be changed with
16981 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh-compose\" group.
16983 When a message is composed, the hooks `text-mode-hook' and
16984 `mh-letter-mode-hook' are run.
16986 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
16992 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-version mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-e"
16993 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17178 22151))
16994 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
16996 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
16997 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH.
16998 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
16999 the Emacs interface to the MH mail system.
17001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17003 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-e" "\
17004 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17005 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
17006 the Emacs interface to the MH mail system.
17008 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17010 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
17011 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17015 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-e" "\
17016 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17018 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through the
17019 messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into another
17020 folder; these commands are executed all at once with a separate command.
17022 Options that control this mode can be changed with \\[customize-group];
17023 specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please see the `mh-scan-format-file'
17024 option if you wish to modify scan's format.
17026 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17030 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as `mh-forward' or
17031 `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument can be used in several
17034 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to these commands,
17035 then you will be prompted for the message range. This can be any valid MH
17036 range which can include messages, sequences, and the abbreviations (described
17037 in the mh(1) man page):
17040 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive. The range
17046 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num may be
17047 any of the pre-defined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or last.
17053 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17056 All of the messages.
17058 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3 5-10 last:5
17061 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a region in the
17062 MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will perform the operation on all
17063 messages in that region.
17065 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-init" "mh-e/mh-init.el" (17178 20480))
17072 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-init.el
17074 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17076 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17078 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17082 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17083 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17178 22151))
17084 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17086 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
17087 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17088 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17089 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17090 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17091 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17092 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17093 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17094 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17095 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17096 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17100 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
17101 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17102 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17103 to its second argument TM.
17105 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17109 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17110 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17178 22151))
17111 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17113 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17114 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17115 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17116 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17117 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17119 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
17121 (put (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17123 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
17124 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17125 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17126 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17127 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17128 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17129 default indication.
17131 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17132 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17134 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17138 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17139 ;;;;;; (17178 22153))
17140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17142 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
17143 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17148 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
17152 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
17153 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
17154 ;;;;;; (17178 20481))
17155 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
17157 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
17160 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17162 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
17165 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
17167 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
17168 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
17169 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
17172 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
17176 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el"
17177 ;;;;;; (17178 22146))
17178 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17180 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
17181 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17182 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17183 the entire message.
17184 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17186 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17190 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17191 ;;;;;; (17178 22146))
17192 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17194 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
17195 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17196 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17197 the entire message.
17198 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17200 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17204 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17205 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17178 22146))
17206 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17208 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
17209 Insert file contents of URL.
17210 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17212 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17214 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
17215 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17217 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17221 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17178
17223 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17225 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
17226 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17232 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17233 ;;;;;; (17178 22146))
17234 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17236 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
17239 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17241 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
17244 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17248 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17249 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17250 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17178 22146))
17251 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17253 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
17256 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17258 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
17261 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17263 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
17266 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17268 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
17271 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17273 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
17276 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17278 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
17281 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17283 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
17290 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
17291 ;;;;;; (17178 20481))
17292 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17294 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
17295 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17296 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17297 followed by the first character of the construct.
17299 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17300 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17301 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17302 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17303 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17304 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17305 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17306 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17307 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17308 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17309 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17310 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17311 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17314 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17315 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17316 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17322 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
17323 ;;;;;; (17178 22152))
17324 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17326 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
17327 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17329 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17331 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
17332 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17334 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17338 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17178
17340 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
17342 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
17343 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
17344 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17345 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17346 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
17348 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
17350 (put (quote mouse-sel-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17352 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
17353 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
17354 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17355 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
17357 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
17359 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
17361 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
17363 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
17364 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
17365 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
17366 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
17367 Triple-clicking selects lines.
17368 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
17370 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
17371 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
17372 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
17373 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
17374 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
17376 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
17377 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
17379 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
17380 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
17382 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
17384 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
17385 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
17386 primary selection and region.
17388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17392 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17178 22152))
17393 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
17395 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
17396 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
17402 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17178 22151))
17403 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
17405 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
17406 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
17407 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17408 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17409 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
17411 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
17413 (put (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17415 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
17417 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
17418 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
17419 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
17421 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17425 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
17426 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
17427 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
17428 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
17429 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
17430 ;;;;;; (17178 20480))
17431 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
17433 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
17434 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
17435 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
17436 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
17437 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
17438 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
17439 set of ISO charsets.
17441 Each element has the following format:
17442 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
17444 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
17446 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
17447 CHARSET are mapped.
17449 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
17450 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
17451 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
17452 character code in CHARSET.
17454 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
17455 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
17456 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
17458 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
17459 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
17461 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
17462 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
17464 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
17465 Display a list of all character sets.
17467 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
17468 internal Emacs use.
17470 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
17471 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
17472 hexadecimal digits.
17473 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
17474 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
17476 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
17477 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
17478 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
17479 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
17481 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
17482 but still shows the full information.
17486 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
17487 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
17488 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
17489 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
17490 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
17492 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
17493 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
17494 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
17495 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
17496 detailed meanings of these arguments.
17498 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
17500 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
17501 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
17502 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
17503 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
17504 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
17506 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17508 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
17509 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
17511 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17513 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
17514 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
17516 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
17518 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
17519 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
17521 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
17522 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
17524 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17525 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17526 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
17527 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
17528 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
17529 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
17530 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17531 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17532 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17533 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17534 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
17535 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
17536 `default-process-coding-system' for read
17537 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
17538 `default-process-coding-system' for write
17539 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
17543 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
17544 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
17548 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
17549 Display a list of all coding systems.
17550 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
17552 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
17553 but still contains full information about each coding system.
17555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17557 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
17558 Display a list of all coding categories.
17562 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
17563 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
17565 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
17567 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
17568 Display information about FONTSET.
17569 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
17571 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
17573 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
17574 Display a list of all fontsets.
17575 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
17576 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
17577 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
17581 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
17582 Display information about all input methods.
17586 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
17587 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
17589 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
17590 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
17591 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
17592 system which uses fontsets).
17598 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
17599 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
17600 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
17601 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
17602 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
17603 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17178 20480))
17604 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
17606 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
17607 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
17608 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
17610 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
17612 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
17614 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
17615 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
17617 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
17618 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
17620 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
17621 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
17623 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
17625 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
17626 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
17627 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
17628 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
17629 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
17630 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
17631 buffer; see also `char-width'.
17633 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
17634 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
17635 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
17636 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
17637 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
17638 middle of a character in STR.
17640 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
17641 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
17643 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
17644 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
17645 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
17646 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
17647 defaults to \"...\".
17649 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
17651 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
17652 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
17654 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
17655 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
17656 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
17658 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
17659 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
17660 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
17662 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
17663 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
17664 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
17666 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
17667 longer than KEYSEQ.
17668 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
17670 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
17672 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
17673 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
17674 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
17675 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
17676 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
17677 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
17678 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
17679 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
17680 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
17681 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
17682 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
17684 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
17686 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
17687 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
17689 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17691 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
17692 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
17694 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17696 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
17697 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
17699 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17701 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
17702 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
17704 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17706 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
17707 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
17708 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
17709 coding systems ordered by priority.
17711 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
17713 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
17714 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
17715 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
17716 language environment LANG-ENV.
17718 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
17720 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
17721 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
17722 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
17723 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
17724 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
17725 basis, this may not be accurate.
17727 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
17731 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
17732 ;;;;;; (17178 22151))
17733 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
17735 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
17736 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
17737 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17738 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17739 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
17741 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
17743 (put (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17745 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
17746 Toggle mouse wheel support.
17747 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17748 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17752 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
17753 Enable mouse wheel support.
17755 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
17759 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
17760 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
17761 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
17762 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17178 22151))
17763 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
17765 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
17766 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
17768 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
17770 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
17772 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
17773 `ping-program-options'.
17777 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
17778 Run ipconfig program.
17782 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
17784 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
17785 Run netstat program.
17789 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
17790 Run the arp program.
17794 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
17795 Run the route program.
17799 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
17800 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
17804 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
17805 Run nslookup program.
17809 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
17810 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
17814 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
17819 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
17824 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
17825 Finger USER on HOST.
17827 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
17829 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
17830 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
17831 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
17832 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
17834 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
17836 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
17841 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
17842 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
17844 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
17846 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
17847 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
17849 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
17853 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
17854 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-region uncomment-region
17855 ;;;;;; comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent comment-indent-default
17856 ;;;;;; comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line comment-padding
17857 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
17858 ;;;;;; (17178 22151))
17859 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
17861 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
17863 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
17865 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
17867 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
17869 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
17870 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
17871 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
17872 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
17873 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
17874 Major modes should set this variable.")
17876 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
17877 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
17878 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
17879 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
17880 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
17881 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
17883 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
17885 (defvar comment-start nil "\
17886 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
17888 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
17889 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
17890 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
17891 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
17893 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
17894 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
17896 (defvar comment-end "" "\
17897 *String to insert to end a new comment.
17898 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
17900 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
17901 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
17902 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
17903 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
17904 column indentation or nil.
17905 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
17907 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
17908 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
17909 The function has no args.
17911 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
17912 comments always start in column zero.")
17914 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
17915 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
17916 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
17918 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
17920 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
17921 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
17922 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
17923 of the corresponding number of spaces.
17925 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
17926 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
17928 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
17930 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
17931 *Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
17932 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
17933 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
17934 customize this variable.
17936 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
17937 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
17939 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
17941 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
17942 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
17943 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
17944 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
17945 the variables are properly set.
17947 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
17949 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
17950 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
17954 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
17955 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
17956 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
17958 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
17960 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
17961 Set the comment column based on point.
17962 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
17963 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
17964 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
17965 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
17969 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
17970 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
17971 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
17975 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
17976 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
17977 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
17980 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17982 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
17983 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
17984 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
17985 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
17986 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
17987 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
17988 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
17989 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
17991 The strings used as comment starts are built from
17992 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
17994 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17996 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
17997 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
17998 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
17999 is passed on to the respective function.
18001 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18003 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
18004 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18005 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18006 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18007 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18008 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
18009 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18010 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18014 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18015 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18016 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18018 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment")
18020 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
18021 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18022 This indents the body of the continued comment
18023 under the previous comment line.
18025 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18026 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18027 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18029 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18030 or comment indentation.
18032 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18033 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18035 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18039 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18040 ;;;;;; (17178 22146))
18041 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18043 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
18044 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18046 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18050 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17178
18052 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18054 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
18055 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18056 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18057 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18058 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18059 symbol in the alist.
18061 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18065 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18066 ;;;;;; (17178 22146))
18067 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18069 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
18070 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18071 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18077 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18078 ;;;;;; (17178 22146))
18079 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
18081 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
18082 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
18083 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
18089 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18090 ;;;;;; (17178 22146))
18091 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18093 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
18094 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18096 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18100 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
18101 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17178 22146))
18102 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
18104 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
18105 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
18109 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
18110 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
18114 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
18115 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
18121 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18122 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17178 22151))
18123 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18125 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
18126 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18127 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18129 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
18131 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
18134 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
18136 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
18137 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18138 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18139 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18140 to future sessions.
18142 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18144 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
18145 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18146 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18147 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18148 to future sessions.
18150 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18154 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18155 ;;;;;; (17178 22154))
18156 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18158 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
18159 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18161 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18162 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18163 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18169 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
18170 ;;;;;; (17178 22153))
18171 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
18173 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
18174 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
18175 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
18176 specified by `octave-help-files'.
18177 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
18183 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
18184 ;;;;;; (17178 22153))
18185 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
18187 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
18188 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
18189 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
18191 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
18193 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
18194 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
18196 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
18197 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
18198 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
18200 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18202 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
18206 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
18207 ;;;;;; (17178 22153))
18208 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
18210 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
18211 Major mode for editing Octave code.
18213 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
18214 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
18215 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
18216 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
18218 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
18219 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
18220 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
18221 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
18222 is why you need this mode!).
18224 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
18225 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
18226 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
18228 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
18233 \\{octave-mode-map}
18235 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
18236 ==============================================
18239 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
18242 octave-auto-newline
18243 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
18246 octave-blink-matching-block
18247 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
18248 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
18250 octave-block-offset
18251 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
18254 octave-continuation-offset
18255 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
18258 octave-continuation-string
18259 String used for Octave continuation lines.
18260 Default is a backslash.
18262 octave-mode-startup-message
18263 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
18266 octave-send-echo-input
18267 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
18268 command to the inferior Octave process.
18270 octave-send-line-auto-forward
18271 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
18272 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
18274 octave-send-echo-input
18275 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
18277 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
18279 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
18280 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
18282 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
18283 (setq auto-mode-alist
18284 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
18286 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
18287 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
18289 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
18293 (if (eq window-system 'x)
18294 (font-lock-mode 1))))
18296 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
18297 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
18298 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
18299 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
18305 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
18306 ;;;;;; (17178 22152))
18307 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
18309 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
18310 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
18311 It is now better to use Customize instead.
18315 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
18316 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
18317 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
18318 in which there are commands to set the option values.
18319 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
18321 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
18327 ;;;### (autoloads (orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl org-remember-handler
18328 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-store-link org-diary org-agenda
18329 ;;;;;; org-agenda-mode org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el" (17178
18331 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
18333 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
18334 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
18335 \"Carstens outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
18337 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
18338 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
18339 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
18340 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
18341 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
18342 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
18343 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
18344 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
18345 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
18346 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
18348 The following commands are available:
18354 (autoload (quote org-agenda-mode) "org" "\
18355 Mode for time-sorted view on action items in Org-mode files.
18357 The following commands are available:
18359 \\{org-agenda-mode-map}
18363 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
18364 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
18365 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
18366 will be able to go to other weeks.
18367 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
18368 also be shown, under the current date.
18369 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
18370 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
18371 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
18373 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
18375 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
18376 Return diary information from org-files.
18377 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
18378 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
18379 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
18380 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
18382 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
18383 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
18384 also be listed, on the expiration day.
18386 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
18387 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
18388 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
18389 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
18391 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
18392 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
18393 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
18395 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
18396 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
18397 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
18398 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
18400 The call in the diary file should look like this:
18402 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
18404 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
18405 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
18409 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
18410 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
18413 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
18415 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
18416 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
18417 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
18419 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
18421 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
18422 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
18423 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
18424 \\[org-insert-link].
18425 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
18426 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
18427 For file links, arg negates `org-line-numbers-in-file-links'.
18431 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
18432 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
18433 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
18434 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
18435 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
18439 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
18440 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
18441 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
18442 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
18443 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
18444 file the text at a specific location.
18445 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
18446 file. Or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
18447 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
18449 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
18450 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
18451 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
18452 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
18453 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
18454 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
18455 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
18456 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
18458 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
18459 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
18460 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
18461 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
18463 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
18464 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
18465 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
18467 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
18468 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
18469 \(i.e. after the stars).
18471 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
18475 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
18476 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
18480 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
18481 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
18483 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18487 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
18488 ;;;;;; (17178 22152))
18489 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
18491 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
18492 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
18493 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
18494 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
18496 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
18497 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
18498 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
18499 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
18501 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
18502 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
18503 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
18504 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
18505 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
18506 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
18508 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
18509 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
18510 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
18512 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
18513 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
18514 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
18515 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
18516 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
18517 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
18518 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
18519 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
18520 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
18521 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
18522 The subheadings remain visible.
18523 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
18525 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
18526 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
18527 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
18529 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
18530 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
18534 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
18535 Toggle Outline minor mode.
18536 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
18537 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
18539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18543 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17178 22152))
18544 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
18546 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
18547 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
18548 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18549 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18550 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
18552 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
18554 (put (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18556 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
18557 Toggle Show Paren mode.
18558 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18559 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
18561 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
18562 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
18564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18568 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
18569 ;;;;;; (17178 20480))
18570 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
18572 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
18573 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
18574 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
18575 unknown are returned as nil.
18577 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
18581 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17178
18583 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
18585 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
18586 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
18587 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
18589 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
18590 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
18592 Other useful functions are:
18594 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
18595 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
18596 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
18597 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
18598 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
18599 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
18600 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
18601 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
18602 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
18604 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
18606 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
18607 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
18608 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
18609 Indentation for case statements.
18610 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
18611 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
18613 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
18614 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
18615 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
18616 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
18617 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
18618 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
18619 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
18620 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
18621 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
18622 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
18624 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
18625 pascal-separator-keywords.
18627 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
18628 no args, if that value is non-nil.
18634 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
18635 ;;;;;; (17178 22144))
18636 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
18638 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
18639 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
18640 The keys affected are:
18641 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
18642 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
18643 M-Backspace does undo.
18644 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
18645 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
18646 C-Escape does list-buffers.
18652 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
18653 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17178 22144))
18654 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
18656 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
18657 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
18658 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18659 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18660 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
18662 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
18664 (put (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18666 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
18667 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
18669 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
18671 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
18672 which modify the status of the mark.
18674 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
18675 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
18677 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
18678 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
18680 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
18681 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
18682 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
18683 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
18684 turning PC Selection mode on.
18686 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
18687 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
18689 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
18690 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
18691 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
18693 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
18694 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
18695 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
18697 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
18698 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
18700 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
18701 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
18702 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
18704 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
18705 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
18706 but before calling PC Selection mode):
18712 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
18713 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
18716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18718 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
18719 Toggle PC Selection mode.
18720 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
18721 and cursor movement commands.
18722 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
18723 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18724 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
18726 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
18730 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17178
18732 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
18734 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
18735 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
18741 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
18742 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17178 22152))
18743 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
18745 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
18746 Completion for `gzip'.
18750 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
18751 Completion for `bzip2'.
18755 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
18756 Completion for GNU `make'.
18760 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
18761 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
18765 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
18769 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
18770 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17178 22152))
18771 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
18773 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
18774 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
18778 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
18779 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
18783 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
18784 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
18790 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17178
18792 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
18794 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
18795 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
18796 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
18797 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
18798 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
18799 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
18805 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
18806 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
18807 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17178 22152))
18808 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
18810 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18811 Completion for `cd'.
18815 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
18817 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18818 Completion for `rmdir'.
18822 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18823 Completion for `rm'.
18827 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18828 Completion for `xargs'.
18832 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
18834 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18835 Completion for `which'.
18839 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18840 Completion for the `chown' command.
18844 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18845 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
18851 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
18852 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
18853 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17178
18855 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
18857 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
18858 Support extensible programmable completion.
18859 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
18860 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
18862 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
18864 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
18865 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
18869 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
18870 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
18871 This will modify the current buffer.
18875 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
18876 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
18880 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
18881 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
18882 This will modify the current buffer.
18886 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
18887 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
18891 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
18892 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
18896 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
18897 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
18898 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
18899 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
18900 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
18902 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
18904 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
18905 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
18911 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
18912 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
18913 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17178 22152))
18914 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
18916 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
18917 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
18918 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
18919 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
18921 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
18923 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
18925 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
18926 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
18927 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
18928 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
18929 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
18930 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
18933 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
18935 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
18936 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
18937 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
18938 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
18939 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
18940 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
18941 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
18942 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
18944 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
18946 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
18947 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
18948 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
18949 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
18950 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
18951 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
18952 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
18955 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
18957 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
18958 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
18959 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
18960 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
18961 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
18962 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
18963 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
18965 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
18967 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
18969 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
18970 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
18971 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
18973 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
18975 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
18976 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
18977 nil means never do it.
18978 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
18979 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
18980 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
18982 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
18984 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
18985 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
18986 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
18990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17178 22152))
18991 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
18993 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
18997 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
18998 ;;;;;; (17178 22153))
18999 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
19001 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
19002 Major mode for editing Perl code.
19003 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
19004 Tab indents for Perl code.
19005 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
19006 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
19007 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19009 Variables controlling indentation style:
19010 `perl-tab-always-indent'
19011 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
19012 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19013 `perl-tab-to-comment'
19014 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
19015 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
19016 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
19018 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
19019 `perl-indent-level'
19020 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
19021 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
19022 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
19023 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
19024 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
19025 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
19026 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
19027 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
19028 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
19029 `perl-brace-offset'
19030 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
19031 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
19032 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
19033 this far to the right of the start of its line.
19034 `perl-label-offset'
19035 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
19036 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
19037 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
19039 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
19040 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
19041 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
19042 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
19043 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
19044 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
19045 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
19047 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
19053 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
19054 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
19055 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg"
19056 ;;;;;; "gnus/pgg.el" (17178 22146))
19057 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pgg.el
19059 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
19060 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
19061 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
19063 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN)" t nil)
19065 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
19066 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
19067 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
19068 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
19071 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END)" t nil)
19073 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
19074 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
19076 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19078 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
19079 Decrypt the current buffer.
19080 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
19083 \(fn &optional START END)" t nil)
19085 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
19086 Make the signature from text between START and END.
19087 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
19088 a detached signature.
19089 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
19090 and the the output is displayed.
19092 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT)" t nil)
19094 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
19095 Sign the current buffer.
19096 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
19097 detached signature.
19098 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
19100 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
19101 and the the output is displayed.
19103 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END)" t nil)
19105 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
19106 Verify the current region between START and END.
19107 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
19108 the detached signature of the current region.
19110 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
19111 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
19113 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
19115 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
19116 Verify the current buffer.
19117 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
19118 the detached signature of the current region.
19119 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
19120 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
19121 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
19124 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
19126 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
19127 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
19131 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
19132 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
19134 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19136 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
19137 Import public keys in the current buffer.
19143 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
19144 ;;;;;; (17178 22154))
19145 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
19147 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
19148 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
19149 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
19150 afterwards settable by these commands:
19151 C-c < Move left after insertion.
19152 C-c > Move right after insertion.
19153 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
19154 C-c . Move down after insertion.
19155 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
19156 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
19157 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
19158 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
19159 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
19160 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
19161 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
19162 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
19163 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
19164 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
19165 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
19166 with these commands:
19167 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
19168 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
19169 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
19170 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
19171 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
19172 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
19173 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
19174 Return Move to beginning of next line.
19175 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
19176 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
19177 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
19178 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
19179 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
19180 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
19181 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
19182 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
19183 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
19184 You can manipulate text with these commands:
19185 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
19186 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
19187 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
19188 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
19189 text is saved in the kill ring.
19190 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
19191 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
19192 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
19193 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
19194 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
19195 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
19196 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
19197 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
19198 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
19199 if invoked soon enough.
19200 You can return to the previous mode with:
19201 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
19202 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
19204 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
19206 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
19207 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
19211 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
19215 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
19216 ;;;;;; (17178 22154))
19217 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
19219 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
19220 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
19221 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
19223 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
19227 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17178 22152))
19228 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
19230 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
19231 Play pong and waste time.
19232 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
19233 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
19235 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
19243 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
19244 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17178 22144))
19245 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
19247 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
19248 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
19249 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
19250 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
19252 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
19254 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
19255 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
19259 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
19260 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
19261 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
19262 can handle, whenever this is possible.
19263 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
19265 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
19267 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
19268 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
19269 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
19270 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
19271 in the variable `values'.
19273 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
19275 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
19276 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
19277 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
19278 Ignores leading comment characters.
19284 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
19285 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
19286 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
19287 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
19288 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
19289 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
19290 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
19291 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
19292 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
19293 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
19294 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
19295 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
19296 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
19297 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
19298 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
19299 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
19300 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
19301 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
19302 ;;;;;; (17178 22152))
19303 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
19305 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
19306 Activate the printing interface buffer.
19308 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
19310 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
19312 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
19314 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
19315 Preview directory using ghostview.
19317 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
19318 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19319 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
19320 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19322 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
19323 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
19324 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
19325 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19326 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
19329 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19331 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19333 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19334 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
19336 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
19337 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19338 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
19339 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19341 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
19342 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
19343 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
19344 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19345 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
19348 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19350 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19352 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
19353 Print directory using PostScript printer.
19355 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
19356 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19357 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
19358 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19360 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
19361 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
19362 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
19363 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19364 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
19367 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19369 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19371 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
19372 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
19374 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
19376 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
19377 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19378 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
19379 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19381 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
19382 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
19383 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
19384 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19385 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
19388 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19390 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19392 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
19393 Preview buffer using ghostview.
19395 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
19396 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
19397 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19399 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19400 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
19401 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
19402 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
19404 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19406 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19407 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
19409 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
19410 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
19411 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19413 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19414 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
19415 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
19416 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
19418 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19420 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
19421 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
19423 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
19424 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
19425 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19427 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19428 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
19429 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
19430 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
19432 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19434 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
19435 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
19437 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
19439 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
19440 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
19441 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19443 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19444 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
19445 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
19446 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
19448 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19450 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
19451 Preview region using ghostview.
19453 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
19455 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19457 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19458 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
19460 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
19462 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19464 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
19465 Print region using PostScript printer.
19467 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
19469 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19471 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
19472 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
19474 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
19476 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19478 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
19479 Preview major mode using ghostview.
19481 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
19483 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19485 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19486 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
19488 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
19490 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19492 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
19493 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
19495 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
19497 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19499 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
19500 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
19502 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
19504 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19506 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
19507 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
19508 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
19509 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
19511 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
19514 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
19515 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
19517 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19519 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
19521 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
19522 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
19523 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
19524 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
19528 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
19529 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
19530 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
19531 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
19535 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
19536 Print directory using text printer.
19538 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
19541 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
19542 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
19544 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19546 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
19548 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
19549 Print buffer using text printer.
19553 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
19554 Print region using text printer.
19558 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
19559 Print major mode using text printer.
19563 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
19564 Preview spooled PostScript.
19566 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19567 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19568 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19570 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19571 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19572 PostScript image in a file with that name.
19574 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19576 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19577 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
19579 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19580 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19581 instead of sending it to the printer.
19583 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19584 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
19585 image in a file with that name.
19587 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19589 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
19590 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
19592 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19593 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19594 instead of sending it to the printer.
19596 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19597 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
19598 image in a file with that name.
19600 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19602 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
19603 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
19605 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19606 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19607 instead of sending it to the printer.
19609 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19610 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
19611 image in a file with that name.
19613 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19615 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
19616 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
19618 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19620 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
19621 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
19623 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
19625 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19626 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
19628 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19630 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
19631 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
19633 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19635 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
19636 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
19638 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19640 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
19641 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
19643 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
19644 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19645 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
19646 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19648 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19649 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
19650 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
19651 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
19652 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
19653 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
19656 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
19658 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
19659 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
19663 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
19664 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
19666 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
19668 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
19673 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
19674 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
19678 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19679 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
19683 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
19684 Toggle printing with faces.
19688 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
19693 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
19698 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
19701 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
19703 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
19708 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
19713 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
19714 Toggle upside-down.
19718 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
19719 Toggle line number.
19723 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
19724 Toggle zebra stripes.
19728 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
19729 Toggle printing header.
19733 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
19734 Toggle printing header frame.
19738 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
19743 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
19744 Toggle auto region.
19748 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
19753 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
19754 Customization of the `printing' group.
19756 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19758 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
19759 Customization of the `lpr' group.
19761 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19763 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
19764 Help for the printing package.
19766 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19768 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
19769 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
19773 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
19774 Interactively select a text printer.
19778 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
19779 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
19783 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
19784 Show current ps-print settings.
19786 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19788 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
19789 Show current printing settings.
19791 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19793 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
19794 Show current lpr settings.
19796 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19798 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
19799 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
19801 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
19802 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
19803 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
19804 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
19807 Interactively, you have the following situations:
19809 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
19810 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
19811 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
19813 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
19814 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
19815 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
19816 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
19817 current active printer.
19819 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
19820 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
19821 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
19824 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
19825 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
19826 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
19827 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
19828 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19831 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
19832 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
19834 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
19836 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
19837 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
19838 be done using the new current active printer.
19840 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
19841 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
19844 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
19845 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
19846 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
19847 instead of sending it to the printer.
19849 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
19850 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
19853 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
19856 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
19859 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
19861 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
19862 Fast fire function for text printing.
19864 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
19865 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
19866 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
19867 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
19869 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19870 user for a new active text printer.
19872 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
19874 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
19876 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
19877 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
19880 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
19882 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
19885 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
19889 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
19890 ;;;;;; (17178 22153))
19891 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
19893 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
19894 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
19895 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
19897 \\{prolog-mode-map}
19898 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
19899 if that value is non-nil.
19903 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
19904 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
19910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17178 22153))
19911 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
19913 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
19914 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
19915 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
19919 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17178
19921 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
19923 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
19924 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
19926 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
19928 The following variables hold user options, and can
19929 be set through the `customize' command:
19931 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
19933 `ps-mode-paper-size'
19934 `ps-mode-print-function'
19936 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
19940 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
19943 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
19949 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
19950 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
19951 The keymap for this second window is:
19953 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
19956 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
19957 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
19958 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
19959 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
19960 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
19966 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
19967 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
19968 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
19969 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17178 22153))
19970 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
19972 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
19973 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
19977 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
19978 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
19979 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
19980 changed by setting the variable
19981 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
19982 The initial value of this variable is
19983 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
19986 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
19987 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
19988 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
19989 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
19990 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
19991 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
19994 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
19995 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
19996 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
19997 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
19998 source file. BDF fonts are included in
19999 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
20000 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
20001 use this value, be sure to have installed
20002 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
20003 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
20004 documentation of this variable).
20006 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
20007 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
20008 characters. This is convenient when you want or
20009 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
20010 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
20011 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
20013 Any other value is treated as nil.")
20015 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
20017 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
20018 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
20019 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
20021 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20023 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
20028 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
20029 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
20031 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
20033 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
20037 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
20039 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
20042 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
20044 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
20045 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
20047 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
20050 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
20054 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
20056 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
20059 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
20061 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
20062 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
20066 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
20067 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
20068 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
20070 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
20072 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
20073 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
20074 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
20076 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
20078 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
20085 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
20086 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
20087 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
20088 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
20089 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
20090 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17178
20092 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
20094 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
20095 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
20096 See `ps-paper-type'.")
20098 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
20100 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
20101 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
20102 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
20103 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
20105 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
20107 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
20108 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
20112 nil Do not print colors.
20116 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
20117 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
20119 Any other value is treated as t.")
20121 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
20123 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
20124 Customization of ps-print group.
20128 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
20129 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
20131 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
20132 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
20133 sending it to the printer.
20135 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20136 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20137 image in a file with that name.
20139 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20141 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20142 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
20143 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20144 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20145 so it has a way to determine color values.
20147 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20149 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
20150 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
20151 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
20153 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20155 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20156 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
20157 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20158 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20159 so it has a way to determine color values.
20161 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20163 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
20164 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
20165 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
20166 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
20168 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20172 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20173 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
20174 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20175 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20176 so it has a way to determine color values.
20178 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20182 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
20183 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
20184 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
20186 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20188 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
20190 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20191 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
20192 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20193 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20194 so it has a way to determine color values.
20196 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20198 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
20200 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
20201 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20203 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
20204 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20205 instead of sending it to the printer.
20207 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20208 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20209 image in a file with that name.
20211 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20213 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
20214 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
20215 Done using the current ps-print setup.
20216 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
20217 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
20221 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
20222 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
20223 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
20225 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
20227 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
20228 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
20229 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
20231 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
20233 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
20234 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
20238 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
20239 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
20241 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
20242 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
20244 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
20245 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
20247 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
20249 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
20251 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
20253 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
20254 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
20256 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
20257 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
20259 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
20260 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
20262 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
20264 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
20266 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
20268 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
20269 foreground and background colors respectively.
20271 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
20272 bold - use bold font.
20273 italic - use italic font.
20274 underline - put a line under text.
20275 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
20276 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
20277 shadow - text will have a shadow.
20278 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
20279 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
20281 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
20283 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
20287 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
20288 ;;;;;; (17178 22153))
20289 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
20291 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
20293 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
20295 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
20297 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
20298 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
20299 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
20300 buffer automatically.
20301 If there is a process already running in `*Python*', switch to
20302 that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit the initial
20303 command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args will be added
20304 to this as appropriate. Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook'
20305 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
20306 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
20308 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW)" t nil)
20310 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
20311 Major mode for editing Python files.
20312 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is required for correct
20313 parsing of the source.
20314 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
20315 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
20316 commands for running Python under Emacs.
20318 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
20319 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
20320 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
20321 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
20322 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
20323 \\<python-mode-map>
20324 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
20325 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
20326 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
20327 deletes a charcter backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
20328 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
20329 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
20331 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multiline strings appropriately, but has no
20332 effect outside them.
20334 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
20335 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
20336 lines count as headers.
20338 \\{python-mode-map}
20342 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
20343 Major mode for editing Jython files.
20344 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
20345 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
20351 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
20352 ;;;;;; (17178 22146))
20353 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
20355 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
20356 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
20357 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
20360 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
20361 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
20363 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
20364 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
20365 them into characters should be done separately.
20367 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
20371 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
20372 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
20373 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
20374 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
20375 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17178 20480))
20376 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
20378 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
20379 Return the title of the current Quail package.
20383 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
20384 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
20385 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
20387 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
20388 `quail-activate', which see.
20390 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
20392 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
20393 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
20394 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
20395 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
20396 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
20397 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
20398 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
20400 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
20401 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
20402 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
20403 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
20404 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
20406 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
20408 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
20409 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
20410 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
20411 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
20412 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
20413 list of candidates.
20415 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
20416 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
20417 command to be called.
20419 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
20420 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
20421 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
20422 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
20424 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
20425 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
20426 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
20427 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
20428 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
20431 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
20432 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
20433 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
20434 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
20436 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
20437 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
20438 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
20439 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
20441 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
20442 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
20443 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
20444 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
20445 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
20446 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
20448 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
20449 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
20450 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
20451 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
20452 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
20453 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
20455 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
20456 covers Quail translation region.
20458 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
20459 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
20460 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
20461 for it) is inserted.
20463 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
20464 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
20465 vs. corresponding command to be called.
20467 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
20468 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
20469 non-Quail commands.
20471 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
20473 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
20474 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
20476 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
20477 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
20478 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
20479 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
20480 you type is correctly handled.
20482 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
20484 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
20485 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
20487 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
20490 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
20492 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
20493 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
20494 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
20495 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
20496 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
20497 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
20498 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
20499 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
20500 for the translation.
20501 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
20503 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
20504 it is used to handle KEY.
20506 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
20507 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
20508 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
20509 the following annotation types are supported.
20511 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
20512 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
20514 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
20517 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
20518 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
20519 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
20522 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
20523 generated for the following translations.
20525 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
20527 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
20528 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
20530 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
20531 which to install MAP.
20533 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
20535 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
20537 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
20538 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
20540 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
20541 which to install MAP.
20543 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
20545 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
20547 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
20548 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
20549 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
20550 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
20551 a function, or a cons.
20552 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
20553 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
20554 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
20555 for the translation.
20556 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
20557 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
20558 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
20559 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
20560 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
20562 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
20563 it is used to handle KEY.
20565 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
20566 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
20567 current Quail package.
20569 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
20570 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
20572 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
20574 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
20575 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
20577 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
20578 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
20580 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
20582 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
20583 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
20585 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
20587 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
20588 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
20589 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
20590 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
20591 of the Emacs source tree.
20593 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
20594 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
20596 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
20597 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
20600 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
20604 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
20605 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
20606 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17178
20608 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
20610 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
20611 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
20612 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
20613 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
20615 To make use of this do something like:
20617 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
20619 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
20621 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
20622 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
20624 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
20625 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
20626 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
20628 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
20630 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
20631 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
20633 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
20635 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
20636 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
20638 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
20641 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
20643 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
20644 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
20646 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
20647 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
20648 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
20650 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
20652 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
20653 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
20655 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
20657 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
20658 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
20662 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
20663 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
20665 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
20667 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
20671 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
20672 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
20678 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17178
20680 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
20682 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
20683 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
20686 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
20690 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
20691 ;;;;;; (17178 22144))
20692 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
20694 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
20696 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
20697 Construct a regexp interactively.
20703 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17178 22153))
20704 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
20706 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
20707 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
20708 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
20709 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20710 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
20712 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
20714 (put (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
20716 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
20717 Toggle recentf mode.
20718 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
20719 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
20721 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
20722 that were operated on recently.
20724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20728 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
20729 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
20730 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
20731 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17178
20733 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
20735 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
20736 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
20737 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
20738 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
20740 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
20742 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
20744 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
20745 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
20746 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
20747 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
20750 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20751 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
20754 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
20756 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
20757 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
20758 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
20760 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20761 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
20764 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
20766 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
20767 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
20768 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
20770 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
20772 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
20773 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
20775 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20776 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
20778 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
20781 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
20783 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
20784 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
20788 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
20789 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
20790 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
20791 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
20792 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
20793 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
20794 and point is at the lower right corner.
20796 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
20798 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
20799 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
20801 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
20802 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
20804 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20805 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
20806 on the right side of the rectangle.
20808 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
20810 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
20812 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
20813 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
20814 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
20815 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
20816 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
20818 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20819 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
20821 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
20823 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
20824 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
20825 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
20827 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
20829 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
20831 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
20833 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
20834 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
20836 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20837 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
20838 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
20840 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
20842 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
20843 Blank out the region-rectangle.
20844 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
20846 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20847 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
20848 rectangle which were empty.
20850 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
20854 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17178
20856 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
20858 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
20859 Toggle Refill minor mode.
20860 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
20862 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
20863 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
20864 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
20866 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20870 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
20871 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17178 22154))
20872 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
20874 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
20875 Turn on RefTeX mode.
20879 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
20880 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
20882 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
20883 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
20885 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
20886 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
20887 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
20890 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
20891 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
20892 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
20894 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
20895 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
20896 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
20898 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
20899 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
20901 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
20902 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
20904 \\{reftex-mode-map}
20905 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
20908 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20912 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
20913 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
20914 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
20920 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
20921 ;;;;;; (17178 22154))
20922 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
20924 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
20925 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
20926 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
20927 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
20928 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
20929 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
20931 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
20933 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
20935 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
20936 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
20937 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
20938 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
20939 `reftex-cite-format'.
20941 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
20942 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
20943 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
20944 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
20946 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
20950 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
20951 ;;;;;; (17178 22154))
20952 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
20954 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
20955 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
20956 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
20957 the current TeX document.
20959 With no argument, this command toggles
20960 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
20961 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
20963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20967 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
20968 ;;;;;; (17178 22154))
20969 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
20971 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
20972 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
20973 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
20975 To insert new phrases, use
20976 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
20977 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
20979 To index phrases use one of:
20981 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
20982 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
20983 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
20984 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
20985 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
20987 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
20988 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
20990 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
20992 Here are all local bindings.
20994 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
21000 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
21001 ;;;;;; (17178 22154))
21002 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
21004 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
21005 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
21006 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
21009 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
21013 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
21014 ;;;;;; (17178 22144))
21015 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
21017 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
21018 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
21019 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
21020 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
21021 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
21022 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
21024 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
21025 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
21027 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
21030 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
21032 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
21033 Return the depth of REGEXP.
21034 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
21035 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
21037 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
21041 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17178 22153))
21042 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
21044 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
21045 Repeat most recently executed command.
21046 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
21047 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
21048 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
21050 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
21051 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
21052 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
21054 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
21058 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
21059 ;;;;;; (17178 22150))
21060 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
21062 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
21063 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
21065 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
21066 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
21067 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
21068 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
21069 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
21070 and point is left after the salutation.
21072 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
21073 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
21074 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
21075 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
21076 left after that text.
21078 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
21081 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
21082 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
21083 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
21084 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
21086 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
21090 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
21091 ;;;;;; (17178 22153))
21092 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
21094 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
21095 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
21096 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
21097 visibility of comments that precede it.
21098 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
21099 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
21100 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
21101 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
21102 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
21103 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
21104 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
21105 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
21107 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
21108 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
21109 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
21110 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
21111 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
21113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21114 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
21118 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17178
21120 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
21122 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
21123 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
21129 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
21130 ;;;;;; (17178 22153))
21131 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
21133 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
21134 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
21135 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
21137 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
21138 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
21139 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
21141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21143 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
21144 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
21145 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21146 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21147 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
21149 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
21151 (put (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
21153 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
21154 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
21155 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
21157 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
21158 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
21159 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
21161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21165 ;;;### (autoloads (file-name-shadow-mode file-name-shadow-tty-properties
21166 ;;;;;; file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" "rfn-eshadow.el"
21167 ;;;;;; (17178 22153))
21168 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
21170 (defvar file-name-shadow-properties (quote (face file-name-shadow field shadow)) "\
21171 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
21172 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active.
21173 If emacs is not running under a window system,
21174 `file-name-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
21176 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
21178 (defvar file-name-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
21179 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
21180 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
21181 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
21182 system, `file-name-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
21184 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-tty-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
21186 (defvar file-name-shadow-mode nil "\
21187 Non-nil if File-Name-Shadow mode is enabled.
21188 See the command `file-name-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21189 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21190 use either \\[customize] or the function `file-name-shadow-mode'.")
21192 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow")
21194 (put (quote file-name-shadow-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
21196 (autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
21197 Toggle File-Name Shadow mode.
21198 When active, any part of a filename being read in the minibuffer
21199 that would be ignored (because the result is passed through
21200 `substitute-in-file-name') is given the properties in
21201 `file-name-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
21202 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.
21204 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
21205 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
21207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21211 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
21212 ;;;;;; (17178 22144))
21213 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
21215 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
21216 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
21220 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
21221 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
21223 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
21227 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17178 22151))
21228 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
21229 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
21231 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
21232 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
21233 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
21234 other arguments for `rlogin'.
21236 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
21238 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
21239 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
21240 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
21241 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
21243 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
21244 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
21246 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
21247 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
21249 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
21250 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
21253 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
21254 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
21255 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
21256 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
21257 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
21259 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
21260 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
21261 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
21262 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
21264 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
21265 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
21268 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21272 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
21273 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
21274 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
21275 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
21276 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
21277 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
21278 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17178
21280 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
21282 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
21283 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
21284 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
21286 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
21288 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
21289 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
21290 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
21291 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
21293 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
21295 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
21296 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
21297 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
21298 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
21299 value is the user's email address and name.)
21300 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
21302 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
21303 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
21304 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
21305 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
21306 which normally happens once for each message,
21307 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
21308 To make a change in this variable take effect
21309 for a message that you have already viewed,
21310 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
21312 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
21314 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
21315 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
21316 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
21317 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
21319 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
21321 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
21322 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
21324 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
21326 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
21327 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
21328 A value of nil means don't highlight.
21329 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
21331 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
21333 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
21334 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
21336 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
21338 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
21339 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
21341 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
21343 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
21344 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
21345 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
21346 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
21347 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
21349 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
21351 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
21352 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
21353 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
21354 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
21356 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
21358 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
21359 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
21361 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
21363 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
21364 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
21366 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
21368 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
21369 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
21371 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
21373 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
21374 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
21376 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
21377 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
21379 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
21380 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
21382 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
21384 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
21385 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
21387 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
21388 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
21389 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
21390 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
21392 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
21393 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
21395 This is set to nil by default.")
21397 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
21398 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
21399 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
21400 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
21401 until a user explicitly requires it.")
21403 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
21405 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
21406 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
21407 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21408 It is called with no argument.")
21410 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
21411 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
21412 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
21413 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
21414 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
21415 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
21416 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
21418 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
21419 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
21420 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21421 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
21422 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
21423 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
21425 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
21426 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
21427 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21428 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
21429 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
21431 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
21432 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
21433 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21434 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
21435 MSG is the message number,
21436 REGEXP is the regular expression,
21437 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
21439 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
21440 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
21441 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
21442 this feature is required with `require'.")
21444 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
21445 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
21446 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
21447 the message is decoded as normal way.
21449 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
21450 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
21451 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
21453 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?" "\
21454 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
21455 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
21457 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
21458 Read and edit incoming mail.
21459 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
21460 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
21461 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
21463 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
21464 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
21465 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
21466 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
21468 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
21470 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
21472 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
21473 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
21474 All normal editing commands are turned off.
21475 Instead, these commands are available:
21477 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
21478 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
21479 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
21480 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
21481 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
21482 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
21483 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
21484 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
21485 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
21486 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
21487 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
21488 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
21489 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
21490 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
21491 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
21492 till a deleted message is found.
21493 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
21494 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
21495 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
21496 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
21497 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
21498 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
21499 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
21500 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
21501 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
21502 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
21503 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
21504 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
21505 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
21506 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
21507 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
21508 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
21509 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
21510 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
21511 (label defaults to last one specified).
21512 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
21513 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
21514 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
21515 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
21516 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
21517 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
21518 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
21519 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
21520 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
21524 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
21525 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
21527 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21529 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
21530 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
21532 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
21536 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
21537 ;;;;;; (17178 22151))
21538 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
21540 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
21541 Edit the contents of this message.
21547 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
21548 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
21549 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17178 22151))
21550 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
21552 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
21553 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
21554 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
21556 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
21558 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
21559 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
21560 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
21562 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
21564 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
21567 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
21569 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
21570 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
21571 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
21572 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
21573 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
21575 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
21577 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
21578 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
21579 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
21580 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
21581 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
21583 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
21587 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
21588 ;;;;;; (17178 22151))
21589 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
21591 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
21592 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
21593 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
21594 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
21596 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
21600 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
21601 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
21602 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17178 22151))
21603 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
21605 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
21606 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
21607 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
21608 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
21609 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
21610 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
21611 a file name as a string.")
21613 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
21615 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
21616 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
21617 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
21618 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
21619 buffer visiting that file.
21620 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
21621 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
21623 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
21624 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
21626 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
21627 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
21629 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
21630 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
21632 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
21634 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
21635 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
21637 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
21639 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
21640 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
21641 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
21642 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
21643 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
21645 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
21646 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
21647 will be appended with their original headers.
21649 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
21650 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
21652 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
21653 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
21655 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
21657 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
21659 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
21660 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
21661 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
21663 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
21667 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
21668 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
21669 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17178
21671 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
21673 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
21674 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
21675 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21677 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21679 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
21680 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
21681 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21683 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21685 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
21686 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
21687 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21689 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21691 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
21692 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
21693 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21695 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21697 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
21698 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
21699 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21701 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21703 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
21704 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
21705 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21707 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21709 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
21710 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
21711 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21712 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
21714 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
21718 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
21719 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
21720 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
21721 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
21722 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17178 22151))
21723 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
21725 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
21726 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
21728 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
21730 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
21731 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
21733 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
21735 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
21736 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
21740 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
21741 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
21742 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
21744 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
21746 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
21747 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
21748 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
21749 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
21750 only look in the To and From fields.
21751 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
21753 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
21755 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
21756 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
21757 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
21758 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
21759 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
21761 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
21763 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
21764 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
21765 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
21766 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
21767 look in the whole message.
21768 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
21770 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
21772 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
21773 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
21774 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
21776 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
21778 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
21779 *Function to decode summary-line.
21781 By default, `identity' is set.")
21783 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
21785 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
21786 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
21787 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
21788 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
21789 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
21790 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
21791 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
21793 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
21794 sent by you under different user names.
21795 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
21797 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
21799 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
21803 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
21804 ;;;;;; (17178 22152))
21805 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
21807 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
21808 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
21809 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
21810 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
21812 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
21816 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
21817 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17178 22153))
21818 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
21820 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
21821 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
21823 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
21825 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
21826 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
21828 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21830 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
21831 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
21833 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21835 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
21836 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
21837 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
21839 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
21840 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
21843 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
21847 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
21848 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
21854 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
21855 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
21856 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
21857 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
21858 ;;;;;; (17178 22152))
21859 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
21861 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
21862 *This variable is obsolete.")
21864 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
21866 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
21867 *This variable is obsolete.")
21869 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
21871 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
21872 *This variable is obsolete.")
21874 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
21876 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
21877 *This variable is obsolete.")
21879 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
21881 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
21882 *This variable is obsolete.")
21884 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
21886 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
21887 *This variable is obsolete.")
21889 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
21891 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
21892 This function is obsolete.
21894 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
21898 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17178
21900 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
21902 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
21903 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
21905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21909 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17178
21911 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
21913 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
21914 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
21915 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
21916 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
21918 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
21920 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
21921 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
21922 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
21923 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
21925 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
21929 matches string STRING literally.
21932 matches character CHAR literally.
21934 `not-newline', `nonl'
21935 matches any character except a newline.
21938 matches any character
21943 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
21944 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
21945 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
21947 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
21948 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
21949 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
21950 `word', or one of their synonyms.
21952 `(not (any SET ...))'
21953 matches any character not in SET ...
21955 `line-start', `bol'
21956 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
21957 in the text being matched
21960 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
21962 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
21963 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
21964 string being matched against.
21966 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
21967 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
21968 string being matched against.
21971 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
21972 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
21975 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
21976 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
21979 matches the empty string, but only at point.
21981 `word-start', `bow'
21982 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
21986 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
21989 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
21992 `(not word-boundary)'
21993 `not-word-boundary'
21994 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
21997 `digit', `numeric', `num'
21998 matches 0 through 9.
22001 matches ASCII control characters.
22003 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
22004 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
22007 matches space and tab only.
22010 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
22013 `printing', `print'
22014 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
22017 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
22018 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22019 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
22021 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
22022 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22023 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
22026 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
22029 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
22031 `lower', `lower-case'
22032 matches anything lower-case.
22034 `upper', `upper-case'
22035 matches anything upper-case.
22037 `punctuation', `punct'
22038 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22039 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
22041 `space', `whitespace', `white'
22042 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
22045 matches anything that has word syntax.
22048 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
22051 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
22052 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
22053 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
22055 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
22056 `punctuation' (\\s.)
22059 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
22060 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
22061 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
22062 `string-quote' (\\s\")
22063 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
22065 `character-quote' (\\s/)
22066 `comment-start' (\\s<)
22067 `comment-end' (\\s>)
22068 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
22069 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
22071 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
22072 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
22074 `(category CATEGORY)'
22075 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
22076 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
22078 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
22079 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
22080 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
22081 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
22085 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
22086 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
22087 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
22088 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
22089 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
22090 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
22091 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
22092 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
22093 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
22094 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
22095 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
22096 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
22097 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
22098 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
22107 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
22111 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
22113 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
22118 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
22119 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
22121 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22122 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22123 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22124 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22125 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
22127 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22128 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22129 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
22130 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
22132 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22133 another name for `submatch'.
22135 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22136 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22137 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
22138 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
22139 regular expression.
22141 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
22142 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
22143 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
22144 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
22145 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
22147 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
22148 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
22150 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
22151 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
22153 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
22155 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
22158 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
22159 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
22162 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
22163 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
22165 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
22167 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
22170 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
22173 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
22175 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
22176 `(optional SEXP ...)'
22178 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
22181 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
22184 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
22188 matches N occurrences.
22191 matches N or more occurrences.
22193 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
22194 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
22195 matches N to M occurrences.
22198 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
22201 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
22204 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
22207 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
22211 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
22213 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
22217 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
22218 ;;;;;; (17178 22153))
22219 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
22221 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
22222 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
22223 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
22225 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
22226 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
22227 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
22228 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
22229 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
22230 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
22231 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
22232 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
22235 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22236 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
22237 \\{scheme-mode-map}
22238 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
22239 if that value is non-nil.
22243 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
22244 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
22245 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
22248 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22249 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
22250 \\{scheme-mode-map}
22251 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
22252 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
22253 that variable's value is a string.
22259 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
22260 ;;;;;; (17178 22146))
22261 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
22263 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
22264 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
22265 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
22267 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
22273 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (17178
22275 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
22277 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
22278 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
22279 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
22280 \\{scribe-mode-map}
22282 Interesting variables:
22284 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
22285 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
22287 `scribe-electric-quote'
22288 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
22290 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
22291 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
22292 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
22298 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
22299 ;;;;;; (17178 22153))
22300 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
22302 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
22303 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
22304 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22305 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22306 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
22308 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
22310 (put (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
22312 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
22313 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
22314 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
22315 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
22316 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
22318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22322 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
22323 ;;;;;; (17178 22134))
22324 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
22326 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
22327 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
22328 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
22329 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
22330 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
22333 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22337 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
22338 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-citation-hook
22339 ;;;;;; mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
22340 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator send-mail-function
22341 ;;;;;; mail-yank-ignored-headers mail-interactive mail-self-blind
22342 ;;;;;; mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el"
22343 ;;;;;; (17178 22151))
22344 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
22346 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
22347 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
22349 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
22351 If `parens', they look like:
22352 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
22353 If `angles', they look like:
22354 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
22355 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
22356 derived from the envelope-from address.
22358 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
22359 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
22360 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
22361 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
22363 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
22365 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
22366 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
22367 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
22368 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
22370 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
22371 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
22372 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
22373 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
22375 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
22377 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
22378 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
22379 This is done when the message is initialized,
22380 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
22382 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
22384 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
22385 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
22386 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
22388 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
22390 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:\\|^mail-reply-to:\\|^mail-followup-to:" "\
22391 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
22393 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-ignored-headers) "sendmail")
22395 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
22396 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
22397 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
22398 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
22399 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
22400 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
22401 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
22403 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
22405 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
22406 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
22408 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
22410 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
22411 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
22412 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
22414 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
22416 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
22417 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
22418 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
22419 when you first send mail.")
22421 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
22423 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
22424 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
22425 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
22426 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
22427 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
22429 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
22431 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
22432 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
22433 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
22434 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
22435 This file need not actually exist.")
22437 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
22439 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
22440 *Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
22441 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
22442 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
22443 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
22444 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
22445 in the cited portion of the message.
22447 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
22448 instead of no action.")
22450 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail")
22452 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
22453 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
22454 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
22455 If a string, that string is inserted.
22456 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
22457 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
22458 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
22459 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
22461 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
22463 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
22464 *Directory for mail buffers.
22465 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
22466 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
22468 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
22470 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
22471 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
22472 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
22473 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
22474 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
22475 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
22476 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
22477 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
22478 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
22479 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
22480 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
22481 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
22482 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
22483 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
22484 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
22485 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
22486 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
22490 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
22491 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
22493 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
22494 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
22496 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail")
22498 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
22499 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
22500 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
22501 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
22502 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
22503 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
22505 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
22506 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
22507 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
22509 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
22510 User should not set this variable manually,
22511 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
22512 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
22513 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
22514 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
22516 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
22517 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
22518 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
22519 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
22521 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
22522 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
22525 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
22527 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
22528 to move to message header fields:
22531 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
22532 when the message is initialized.
22534 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
22535 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
22537 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
22540 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
22541 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
22543 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
22544 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
22546 The second through fifth arguments,
22547 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
22548 the initial contents of those header fields.
22549 These arguments should not have final newlines.
22550 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
22551 original message being replied to, or else an action
22552 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
22553 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
22554 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
22555 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
22556 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
22557 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
22559 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
22561 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
22562 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
22564 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
22566 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
22567 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
22569 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
22573 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start server-getenv) "server"
22574 ;;;;;; "server.el" (17178 22153))
22575 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
22577 (autoload (quote server-getenv) "server" "\
22578 Get the value of VARIABLE in the client environment of frame FRAME.
22579 VARIABLE should be a string. Value is nil if VARIABLE is undefined in
22580 the environment. Otherwise, value is a string.
22582 If FRAME is an emacsclient frame, then the variable is looked up
22583 in the environment of the emacsclient process; otherwise the
22584 function consults the environment of the Emacs process.
22586 If FRAME is nil or missing, then the selected frame is used.
22588 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
22590 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
22591 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
22592 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
22593 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
22594 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
22595 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
22597 Prefix arg LEAVE-DEAD means just kill any existing server
22598 communications subprocess.
22600 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
22602 (defvar server-mode nil "\
22603 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
22604 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22605 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22606 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
22608 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
22610 (put (quote server-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
22612 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
22613 Toggle Server mode.
22614 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
22615 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
22616 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
22618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22622 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17178 22153))
22623 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
22625 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
22626 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
22627 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
22631 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
22632 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
22633 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
22634 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
22640 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
22641 ;;;;;; (17178 22154))
22642 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
22644 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
22645 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
22647 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
22650 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
22651 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
22652 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
22654 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
22655 your `.emacs' file.
22657 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
22659 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
22660 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
22665 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
22667 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
22668 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
22669 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
22670 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
22671 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
22672 which this is based.
22674 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
22676 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
22677 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
22678 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
22679 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
22681 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
22682 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
22683 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
22685 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
22686 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
22687 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
22688 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
22690 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
22691 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
22692 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
22693 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
22695 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
22697 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
22698 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
22699 To work around that, do:
22700 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
22708 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
22709 ;;;;;; (17178 22153))
22710 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
22712 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
22713 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
22714 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
22715 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
22716 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
22717 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
22719 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
22720 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
22721 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
22722 shell-specific features.
22724 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
22725 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
22726 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
22728 \\[sh-case] case statement
22729 \\[sh-for] for loop
22730 \\[sh-function] function definition
22731 \\[sh-if] if statement
22732 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
22733 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
22734 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
22735 \\[sh-select] select loop
22736 \\[sh-until] until loop
22737 \\[sh-while] while loop
22739 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
22740 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
22741 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
22742 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
22743 would indent to the way it currently is.
22744 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
22745 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
22748 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
22749 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
22750 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
22751 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
22752 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
22753 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
22755 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
22757 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
22759 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
22760 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
22761 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
22763 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
22764 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
22768 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
22772 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17178 22146))
22773 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
22775 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
22776 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
22777 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
22778 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
22779 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
22780 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
22782 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
22786 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
22787 ;;;;;; (17178 22144))
22788 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
22790 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
22791 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
22793 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
22794 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
22795 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
22796 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
22799 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
22801 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
22803 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
22804 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
22805 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
22807 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
22808 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
22810 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
22811 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
22812 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
22813 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
22814 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
22815 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
22816 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
22819 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
22820 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
22821 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
22822 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
22823 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
22825 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
22826 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
22827 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
22833 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
22834 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17178
22836 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
22838 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
22839 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
22840 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
22841 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
22842 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
22843 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
22848 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
22849 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
22850 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
22851 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
22852 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
22856 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
22857 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
22858 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
22859 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
22860 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
22861 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
22862 `shadow-define-cluster').
22866 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
22867 Set up file shadowing.
22873 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
22874 ;;;;;; (17178 22153))
22875 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
22877 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
22878 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
22879 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
22880 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
22881 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
22884 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
22886 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
22887 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
22888 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
22889 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
22890 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
22891 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
22892 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
22893 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
22894 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
22895 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
22896 discards input when it starts up.)
22897 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
22898 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
22899 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
22901 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
22902 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
22903 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
22904 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
22905 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
22906 `default-process-coding-system'.
22908 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
22909 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
22910 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
22911 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
22913 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
22915 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22916 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
22920 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
22921 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17178 22146))
22922 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
22924 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
22927 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
22929 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
22932 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
22934 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
22937 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
22941 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
22942 ;;;;;; (17178 22146))
22943 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
22945 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
22946 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
22947 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
22948 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
22949 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
22951 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
22957 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17178
22959 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
22961 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
22962 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
22963 \\{simula-mode-map}
22964 Variables controlling indentation style:
22965 `simula-tab-always-indent'
22966 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
22967 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
22968 `simula-indent-level'
22969 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
22970 `simula-substatement-offset'
22971 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
22972 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
22973 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
22974 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
22975 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
22976 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
22977 `simula-label-offset' -4711
22978 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
22979 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
22980 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
22981 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
22982 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
22983 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
22984 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
22985 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
22986 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
22987 `simula-electric-indent' nil
22988 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
22989 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
22990 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
22991 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
22992 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
22993 or nil if they should not be changed.
22994 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
22995 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
22996 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
22997 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
22999 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
23000 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
23006 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
23007 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17178 22153))
23008 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
23010 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
23011 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
23013 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
23014 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
23015 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
23016 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
23018 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
23020 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
23022 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
23023 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
23024 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
23025 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
23026 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
23028 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
23029 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
23031 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
23033 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
23034 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
23036 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
23037 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
23038 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
23039 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
23041 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
23042 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
23043 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
23044 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
23046 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
23047 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
23048 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
23050 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
23051 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
23053 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
23054 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
23056 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
23057 _ interesting point, interregion here
23058 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
23059 interesting point set by _
23060 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
23061 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
23062 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
23063 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
23064 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
23065 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
23068 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
23069 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
23071 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
23072 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
23073 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
23074 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
23075 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
23076 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
23077 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
23078 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
23080 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
23081 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
23082 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
23083 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
23084 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
23087 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
23088 then: insert previously read string once more
23089 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
23090 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
23091 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
23093 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
23094 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
23096 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
23098 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
23099 Insert the character you type ARG times.
23101 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
23102 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
23103 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
23104 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
23105 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
23108 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
23109 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
23110 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
23116 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
23117 ;;;;;; (17178 22153))
23118 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
23120 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
23121 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
23122 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
23125 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
23127 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
23128 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
23129 \\{smerge-mode-map}
23131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23135 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
23136 ;;;;;; (17178 22146))
23137 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
23139 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
23140 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
23141 A list of images is returned.
23143 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23145 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
23146 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
23147 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
23149 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23153 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
23154 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17178 22151))
23155 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
23157 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
23162 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
23163 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
23169 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17178 22152))
23170 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
23172 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
23173 Play the Snake game.
23174 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
23176 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
23178 Snake mode keybindings:
23180 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
23181 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
23182 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
23183 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
23184 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
23185 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
23186 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
23192 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
23193 ;;;;;; (17178 22151))
23194 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
23196 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
23197 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
23198 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
23199 Tab indents for C code.
23200 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
23201 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23203 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
23208 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
23209 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
23210 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
23211 Tab indents for C code.
23212 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
23213 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23215 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
23216 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
23222 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
23223 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
23224 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17178 22143))
23225 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
23227 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
23228 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
23230 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
23231 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
23232 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
23234 For example, the form
23236 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
23237 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
23239 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
23241 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
23243 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
23244 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
23246 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
23247 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
23248 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
23251 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
23253 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
23255 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
23256 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
23258 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
23259 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
23260 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
23263 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
23265 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
23267 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
23268 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
23269 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
23272 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
23274 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
23276 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
23277 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
23278 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
23280 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
23281 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
23283 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
23285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23287 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
23288 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
23289 Requires floating point.
23295 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17178
23297 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
23299 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
23302 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
23303 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
23304 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
23305 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
23306 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
23307 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
23308 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
23309 check after each move or undo)
23313 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
23314 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
23315 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
23334 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
23335 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
23336 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
23337 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
23339 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
23340 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
23341 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
23344 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
23345 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
23347 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
23363 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
23365 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
23371 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
23372 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
23373 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17178 22153))
23374 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
23376 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
23377 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
23379 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
23380 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
23381 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
23382 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
23385 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
23386 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
23387 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23390 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
23391 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
23393 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
23394 It moves point to the start of the next record.
23395 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
23396 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
23399 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
23400 It should move point to the end of the record.
23402 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
23403 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
23404 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
23405 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
23406 starts at the beginning of the record.
23408 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
23409 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
23412 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
23413 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
23415 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
23417 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
23418 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
23419 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23420 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
23421 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23424 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
23426 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
23427 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
23428 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23429 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
23430 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23433 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
23435 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
23436 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
23437 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23438 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
23439 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23442 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
23444 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
23445 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
23446 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
23447 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
23448 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
23449 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
23450 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
23451 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23452 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
23454 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
23456 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
23457 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
23458 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
23459 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
23460 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23461 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
23462 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23465 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
23467 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
23468 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
23469 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
23470 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
23471 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
23472 is to be used for sorting.
23473 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
23474 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
23475 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
23476 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
23477 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
23479 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
23481 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23484 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
23485 starting with the letter \"f\",
23486 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
23488 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
23490 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
23491 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
23492 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
23493 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
23494 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
23495 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
23496 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23499 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
23500 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
23501 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
23502 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
23503 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
23505 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
23507 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
23508 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
23509 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
23511 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
23515 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17178
23517 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
23519 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
23520 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
23526 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
23527 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
23528 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17178 22146))
23529 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
23531 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
23532 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
23534 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
23535 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
23536 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
23538 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
23540 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
23541 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
23542 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
23545 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
23547 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
23548 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
23549 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
23551 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
23553 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
23554 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
23555 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
23556 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
23561 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
23562 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
23563 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
23564 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
23570 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
23571 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17178 22153))
23572 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
23574 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
23576 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
23577 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
23578 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
23579 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
23580 supported at a time.
23581 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
23582 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
23584 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23586 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
23587 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
23588 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
23589 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
23595 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
23596 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17178 22154))
23597 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
23599 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
23601 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
23602 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
23603 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
23604 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
23605 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
23606 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
23610 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
23611 Check spelling of word at or before point.
23612 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
23613 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
23617 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
23618 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
23619 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
23620 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
23621 for example, \"word\".
23623 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
23625 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
23626 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
23628 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23632 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17178
23634 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
23636 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
23637 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
23641 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
23642 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
23648 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
23649 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
23650 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
23651 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17178
23653 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
23655 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
23656 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
23658 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
23659 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
23660 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
23661 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
23662 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
23663 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
23664 of the current highlighting list.
23668 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
23669 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
23671 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
23672 `_t' as data types.
23674 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
23676 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
23677 Show short help for the SQL modes.
23679 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
23680 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
23682 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
23684 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
23685 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
23686 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
23688 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
23690 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
23691 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
23692 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
23693 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
23694 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
23695 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
23697 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
23698 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
23700 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
23702 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
23703 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
23704 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
23705 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
23707 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
23708 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
23709 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
23710 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
23712 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
23713 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
23714 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
23718 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
23719 Major mode to edit SQL.
23721 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
23722 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
23723 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
23726 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
23728 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
23729 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
23730 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
23731 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
23732 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
23733 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
23735 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
23736 `sql-interactive-mode'.
23738 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
23739 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
23740 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
23742 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
23744 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
23748 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
23749 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
23751 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23752 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23755 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23757 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
23759 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
23760 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
23762 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23763 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23766 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
23767 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
23768 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
23769 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
23771 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23772 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23774 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23775 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23776 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23777 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23778 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23779 `default-process-coding-system'.
23781 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23785 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
23786 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
23788 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23789 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23792 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
23793 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
23794 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
23795 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
23797 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23798 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23800 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23801 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23802 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23803 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23804 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23805 `default-process-coding-system'.
23807 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23811 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
23812 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
23814 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23815 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23818 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
23819 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
23821 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23822 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23824 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23825 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23826 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23827 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23828 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23829 `default-process-coding-system'.
23831 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23835 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
23836 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
23838 SQLite is free software.
23840 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23841 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23844 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
23845 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
23846 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
23847 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
23849 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23850 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23852 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23853 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23854 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23855 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23856 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23857 `default-process-coding-system'.
23859 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23863 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
23864 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
23866 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
23868 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23869 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23872 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
23873 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
23874 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
23875 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
23877 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23878 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23880 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23881 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23882 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23883 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23884 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23885 `default-process-coding-system'.
23887 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23891 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
23892 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
23894 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23895 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23898 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
23899 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
23902 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23903 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23905 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23906 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23907 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23908 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23909 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23910 `default-process-coding-system'.
23912 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23916 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
23917 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
23919 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23920 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23923 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
23924 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
23926 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23927 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23929 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23930 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23931 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23932 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23933 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23934 `default-process-coding-system'.
23936 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23940 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
23941 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
23943 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23944 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23947 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
23948 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
23949 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
23950 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
23952 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23953 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23955 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23956 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23957 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23958 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23959 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23960 `default-process-coding-system'.
23962 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23966 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
23967 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
23969 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23970 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23973 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
23974 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
23975 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
23976 `sql-postgres-options'.
23978 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23979 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23981 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23982 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23983 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23984 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23985 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23986 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
23987 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
23988 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
23990 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
23991 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
23993 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23997 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
23998 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
24000 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24001 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24004 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
24005 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24008 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24009 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24011 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24012 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24013 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24014 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24015 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24016 `default-process-coding-system'.
24018 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24022 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
24023 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
24025 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24026 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24029 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
24032 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24033 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24035 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
24036 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
24037 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
24038 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
24040 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24041 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24042 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24043 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24044 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24045 `default-process-coding-system'.
24047 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24051 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
24052 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
24054 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24055 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24058 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
24059 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
24060 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24061 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
24064 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
24065 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
24066 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
24067 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
24070 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24071 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24073 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24079 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
24080 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
24081 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
24082 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
24083 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17178
24085 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
24087 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
24088 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
24089 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
24090 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
24091 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
24092 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
24094 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
24096 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
24098 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
24099 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
24100 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
24101 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
24102 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
24103 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
24104 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
24106 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
24108 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
24109 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
24110 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
24111 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
24112 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
24113 then complete the stroke with button 3.
24114 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
24116 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
24118 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
24119 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
24120 This must be bound to a mouse event.
24122 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
24124 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
24125 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
24126 This must be bound to a mouse event.
24128 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
24130 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
24131 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
24133 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
24135 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
24136 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
24140 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
24141 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
24145 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
24146 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
24147 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
24148 chronologically by command name.
24149 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
24151 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
24153 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
24154 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
24155 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
24156 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24157 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
24159 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
24161 (put (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
24163 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
24164 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
24165 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
24166 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
24167 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
24168 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
24169 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
24171 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
24172 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
24173 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
24174 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
24176 \\{strokes-mode-map}
24178 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24180 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
24181 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
24182 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
24183 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
24185 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
24187 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
24188 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
24194 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
24195 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (17178 20480))
24196 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
24198 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
24199 Studlify-case the region.
24201 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
24203 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
24204 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
24206 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
24208 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
24209 Studlify-case the current buffer.
24215 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
24216 ;;;;;; (17178 22151))
24217 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
24219 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
24220 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
24221 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
24222 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
24223 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
24224 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
24225 original message but it does require a few things:
24227 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
24229 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
24232 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
24233 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
24236 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
24238 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
24240 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
24241 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
24242 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
24248 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (17178
24250 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
24252 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
24253 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
24254 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
24255 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
24256 Point is at POS when this function returns.
24258 \(fn &optional POS)" nil nil)
24262 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17178 22153))
24263 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
24265 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
24266 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
24267 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
24268 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
24269 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
24271 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24273 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
24274 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
24275 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
24276 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
24277 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
24278 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
24279 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
24281 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24285 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
24286 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
24287 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
24288 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
24289 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
24290 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
24291 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
24292 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
24293 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
24294 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
24295 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
24296 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
24297 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17178 22154))
24298 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
24300 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
24301 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
24302 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
24304 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
24306 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
24307 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
24309 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
24311 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
24312 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
24314 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
24316 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
24317 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
24319 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
24321 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
24322 Insert an editable text table.
24323 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
24324 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
24325 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
24326 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
24327 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
24328 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
24333 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
24335 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
24340 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
24341 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
24342 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
24343 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
24346 +-----+-----+-----+
24348 +-----+-----+-----+
24350 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
24352 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
24353 width, which results as
24355 +--------------+-----+-----+
24357 +--------------+-----+-----+
24359 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
24360 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
24362 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24364 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24366 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
24367 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
24368 width information to `table-insert'.
24370 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
24376 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
24379 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
24380 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
24382 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24385 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24387 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
24389 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24392 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24395 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24397 Move the point under the table as shown below.
24399 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24402 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24405 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24408 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
24409 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
24410 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
24412 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24415 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24418 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24421 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24423 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
24426 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24429 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24430 | | |Text editing inside the table |
24431 | | |cell produces reasonably |
24432 | | |expected results.-!- |
24433 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24436 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24438 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
24442 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
24444 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
24445 Insert N table row(s).
24446 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
24447 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
24448 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
24449 are appended at the bottom of the table.
24453 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
24454 Insert N table column(s).
24455 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
24456 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
24457 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
24458 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
24462 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
24463 Insert row(s) or column(s).
24464 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
24466 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
24468 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
24469 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
24470 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
24471 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
24472 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
24473 all the table specific features.
24475 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24477 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
24482 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
24483 Recognize all tables within region.
24484 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
24485 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
24486 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
24489 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
24491 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
24494 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24496 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
24497 Recognize a table at point.
24498 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
24499 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
24500 the table specific features.
24502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24504 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
24509 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
24510 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
24511 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
24512 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
24513 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
24514 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
24515 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
24517 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
24519 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
24524 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
24525 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
24526 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
24527 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
24528 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
24529 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
24532 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
24534 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
24535 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
24536 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
24537 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
24538 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
24539 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
24540 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
24545 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
24546 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
24547 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
24548 table's rectangle structure.
24550 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
24552 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
24553 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
24554 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
24555 table's rectangle structure.
24559 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
24560 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
24561 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
24562 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
24563 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
24565 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
24567 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
24568 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
24569 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
24571 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
24572 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
24573 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
24574 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
24575 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
24576 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
24577 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
24579 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
24580 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
24581 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
24582 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
24583 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
24584 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
24585 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
24587 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
24588 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
24589 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
24590 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
24591 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
24592 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
24593 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
24594 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
24596 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
24598 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
24599 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
24600 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
24601 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
24603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24605 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
24606 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
24607 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
24609 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
24611 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
24612 Split current cell vertically.
24613 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
24617 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
24618 Split current cell horizontally.
24619 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
24623 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
24624 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
24625 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
24627 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
24629 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
24630 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
24631 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
24632 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
24634 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
24636 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
24637 Justify cell contents.
24638 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
24639 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
24640 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
24641 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
24643 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
24645 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
24646 Justify cells of a row.
24647 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
24648 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
24650 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
24652 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
24653 Justify cells of a column.
24654 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
24655 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
24657 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
24659 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
24660 Toggle fixing width mode.
24661 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
24662 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
24663 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
24665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24667 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
24668 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
24669 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
24670 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
24671 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
24672 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
24673 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
24674 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
24675 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
24676 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
24677 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
24679 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
24681 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
24682 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
24683 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
24684 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
24685 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
24686 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
24687 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
24688 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
24689 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
24690 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
24691 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
24692 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
24695 References used for this implementation:
24701 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
24703 CALS (DocBook DTD):
24704 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
24705 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
24707 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
24709 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
24710 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
24711 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
24712 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
24713 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
24714 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
24715 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
24716 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
24717 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
24718 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
24719 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
24720 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
24721 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
24722 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
24723 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
24724 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
24725 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
24730 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
24731 (table-forward-cell 15)
24732 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
24733 (table-forward-cell 16)
24734 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
24735 (table-forward-cell 1)
24736 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
24739 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
24740 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
24741 (table-forward-cell 1)
24742 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
24744 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
24746 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
24747 Delete N row(s) of cells.
24748 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
24749 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
24750 consists from cells of same height.
24754 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
24755 Delete N column(s) of cells.
24756 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
24757 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
24758 column must consists from cells of same width.
24762 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
24763 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
24764 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
24765 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
24766 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
24767 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
24768 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
24769 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
24770 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
24771 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
24772 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
24773 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
24774 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
24775 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
24776 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
24785 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
24786 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
24787 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
24790 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
24792 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
24794 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
24796 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
24800 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
24801 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
24802 of each row is optional.
24807 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
24808 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
24809 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
24810 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
24811 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
24813 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
24814 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
24816 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
24817 expression and raw delimiter regular
24818 expression, it parses the specified text
24819 area and extracts cell items from
24820 non-table text and then forms a table out
24823 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
24824 creates a single cell table. The text in
24825 the specified region is placed in that
24828 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
24831 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
24832 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
24833 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
24835 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
24836 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
24837 | expression, it parses the specified text |
24838 | area and extracts cell items from |
24839 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
24842 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
24843 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
24844 | the specified region is placed in that |
24846 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
24848 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
24849 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
24852 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
24853 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
24854 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
24855 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
24856 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
24857 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
24858 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
24859 | |area and extracts cell items from |
24860 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
24862 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
24863 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
24864 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
24865 | |the specified region is placed in that |
24867 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
24869 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
24870 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
24871 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
24873 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
24875 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
24876 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
24877 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
24878 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
24879 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
24885 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17178 22153))
24886 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
24888 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
24889 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
24891 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
24893 (autoload (quote talk) "talk" "\
24894 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
24900 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17178 22153))
24901 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
24903 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
24904 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
24905 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
24906 Letters no longer insert themselves.
24907 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
24908 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
24909 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
24911 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
24912 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
24913 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
24914 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
24916 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
24923 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
24924 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17178 20481))
24925 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
24927 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
24928 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
24929 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
24930 Tab indents for Tcl code.
24931 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
24932 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24934 Variables controlling indentation style:
24936 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
24937 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
24938 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
24940 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
24941 documentation for details):
24942 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
24943 Controls action of TAB key.
24945 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
24946 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
24947 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
24948 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
24949 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
24951 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
24952 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
24960 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
24961 Run inferior Tcl process.
24962 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
24963 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
24967 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
24968 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
24969 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
24971 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
24975 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17178 22151))
24976 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
24977 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
24979 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
24980 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
24981 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
24982 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
24984 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
24985 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
24986 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
24987 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
24988 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
24990 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
24991 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
24993 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
24994 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
24995 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
24996 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
25002 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17178
25004 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
25006 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
25007 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
25008 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
25009 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
25010 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
25011 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
25013 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
25015 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
25016 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
25017 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
25018 commands to use in that buffer.
25020 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
25022 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
25024 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
25025 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
25027 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
25031 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17178
25033 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
25035 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
25036 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
25037 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
25038 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
25039 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
25040 program as keyboard input.
25042 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
25043 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
25044 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
25045 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
25047 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
25048 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
25049 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
25050 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
25051 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
25053 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
25055 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
25056 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
25057 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
25058 terminal-redisplay-interval.
25060 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
25061 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
25062 subprocess started.
25064 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
25068 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
25069 ;;;;;; (17178 22144))
25070 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
25072 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
25073 Start coverage on function under point.
25079 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17178 22152))
25080 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
25082 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
25083 Play the Tetris game.
25084 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
25085 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
25086 as to form complete rows.
25088 tetris-mode keybindings:
25089 \\<tetris-mode-map>
25090 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
25091 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
25092 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25093 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
25094 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
25095 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
25096 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
25097 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
25103 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
25104 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
25105 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25106 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
25107 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
25108 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
25109 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
25110 ;;;;;; (17178 22154))
25111 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
25113 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
25114 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
25116 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
25118 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
25119 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
25120 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
25121 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
25122 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
25124 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
25126 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
25127 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
25128 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
25129 if it matches the first line of the file,
25130 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
25132 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
25134 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
25135 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
25136 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
25137 if the variable is non-nil.")
25139 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
25141 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
25142 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
25144 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
25146 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
25147 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
25148 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
25149 See the documentation of that variable.")
25151 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
25153 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
25154 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
25155 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
25156 See the documentation of that variable.")
25158 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
25160 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
25161 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
25162 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
25163 See the documentation of that variable.")
25165 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
25167 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
25168 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
25169 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
25170 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
25171 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
25173 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
25175 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
25176 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
25177 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
25178 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
25180 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
25182 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
25183 *User defined LaTeX block names.
25184 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
25186 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
25188 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
25189 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
25190 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
25191 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
25193 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
25195 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
25196 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
25197 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
25198 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
25200 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
25202 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
25203 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
25204 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
25205 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
25207 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
25208 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
25211 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25212 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
25214 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
25217 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
25219 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
25220 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
25221 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
25222 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
25223 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
25225 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
25227 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
25229 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
25230 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
25231 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
25233 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
25235 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
25236 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
25237 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
25238 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
25239 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
25241 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
25243 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
25244 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
25246 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
25248 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
25249 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
25251 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
25253 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25254 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
25255 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
25256 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
25257 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
25258 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
25259 says which mode to use.
25263 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
25265 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
25267 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
25269 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25270 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
25271 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
25272 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
25273 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
25275 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
25276 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
25277 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
25278 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
25279 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
25280 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
25281 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
25283 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
25284 mismatched $'s or braces.
25287 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
25291 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25293 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
25294 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25295 tex-dvi-print-command
25296 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
25297 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25298 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
25299 argument) to print a .dvi file.
25300 tex-dvi-view-command
25301 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
25302 tex-show-queue-command
25303 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
25304 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
25306 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
25307 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
25308 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
25312 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25313 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
25314 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
25315 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
25316 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
25318 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
25319 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
25320 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
25321 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
25322 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
25323 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
25324 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
25326 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
25327 mismatched $'s or braces.
25334 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25336 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
25337 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25338 tex-dvi-print-command
25339 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
25340 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25341 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
25342 argument) to print a .dvi file.
25343 tex-dvi-view-command
25344 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
25345 tex-show-queue-command
25346 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
25347 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
25349 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
25350 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
25351 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
25355 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25356 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
25357 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
25358 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
25359 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
25361 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
25362 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
25363 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
25364 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
25365 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
25366 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
25367 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
25369 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
25370 mismatched $'s or braces.
25373 \\{slitex-mode-map}
25377 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25379 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
25380 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25381 tex-dvi-print-command
25382 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
25383 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25384 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
25385 argument) to print a .dvi file.
25386 tex-dvi-view-command
25387 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
25388 tex-show-queue-command
25389 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
25390 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
25392 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
25393 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
25394 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
25395 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
25399 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
25404 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25405 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
25411 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
25412 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17178 22154))
25413 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
25415 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
25416 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
25417 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
25418 name specified in the @setfilename command.
25420 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
25421 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
25422 Info-split to do these manually.
25424 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
25426 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
25427 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
25428 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
25429 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
25430 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
25432 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
25434 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
25435 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
25436 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
25437 names specified in the @setfilename command.
25439 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
25440 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
25441 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
25442 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
25444 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
25445 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
25447 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
25451 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
25452 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17178 22154))
25453 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
25455 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
25456 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
25458 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
25460 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
25461 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
25463 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
25465 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
25466 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
25468 It has these extra commands:
25469 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
25471 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
25472 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
25473 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
25474 modified version of TeX input format.
25476 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
25477 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
25478 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
25479 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
25481 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
25482 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
25483 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
25484 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
25485 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
25486 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
25487 in the Texinfo file.
25489 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
25490 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
25491 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
25492 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
25493 move forward past the closing brace.
25495 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
25496 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
25498 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
25499 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
25500 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
25502 Here are the functions:
25504 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
25505 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
25506 texinfo-sequential-node-update
25508 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
25509 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
25510 texinfo-master-menu
25512 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
25514 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
25515 which menu descriptions are indented.
25517 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
25518 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
25521 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
25522 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
25523 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
25524 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
25526 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
25527 be the first node in the file.
25529 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
25530 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
25536 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
25537 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
25538 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
25539 ;;;;;; (17178 22147))
25540 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
25542 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
25543 Compose Thai characters in the region.
25544 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
25545 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
25547 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25549 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
25550 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
25552 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
25554 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
25555 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
25559 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
25562 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
25564 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
25565 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
25566 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
25567 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
25570 The return value is number of composed characters.
25572 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
25574 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
25575 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
25577 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25581 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
25582 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
25583 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17178 22154))
25584 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
25586 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
25587 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
25589 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
25591 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25592 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
25593 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
25594 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
25595 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
25597 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
25598 a symbol as a valid THING.
25600 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
25601 of the textual entity that was found.
25603 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
25605 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25606 Return the THING at point.
25607 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
25608 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
25609 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
25611 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
25612 a symbol as a valid THING.
25614 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
25616 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25621 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25626 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25631 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25638 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show-all thumbs-dired-show-marked
25639 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-all-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
25640 ;;;;;; (17178 22154))
25641 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
25643 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
25644 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
25648 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-all-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
25649 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
25650 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
25651 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
25653 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
25655 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
25656 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all marked files.
25660 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-all) "thumbs" "\
25661 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
25665 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-all-from-dir))
25667 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
25668 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
25674 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
25675 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
25676 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
25677 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
25678 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
25679 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17178 20481))
25680 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
25682 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
25683 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
25684 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
25688 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
25689 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
25691 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
25693 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
25694 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
25695 The returned string has no composition information.
25697 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
25699 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
25700 Compose Tibetan string STR.
25702 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
25704 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
25705 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
25707 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25709 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
25710 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
25711 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
25712 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
25714 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
25716 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
25717 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
25718 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
25719 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
25721 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
25723 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
25726 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
25728 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
25729 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
25730 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
25734 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
25735 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
25736 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
25740 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
25743 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
25745 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
25748 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
25750 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
25753 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
25757 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
25758 ;;;;;; (17178 22154))
25759 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
25761 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
25762 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
25763 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
25764 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
25766 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
25768 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25770 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
25771 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
25772 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
25773 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
25775 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
25781 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
25782 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17178 22154))
25783 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
25785 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
25786 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
25788 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
25790 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
25791 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
25792 This display updates automatically every minute.
25793 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
25794 are displayed as well.
25795 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
25799 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
25800 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
25801 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25802 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25803 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
25805 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
25807 (put (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
25809 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
25810 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
25811 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
25813 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
25814 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
25815 are displayed as well.
25816 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
25818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25822 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
25823 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
25824 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
25825 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17178
25827 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
25829 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
25830 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
25832 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
25834 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
25835 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
25836 You can use `float-time' instead.
25838 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
25840 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
25841 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
25843 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
25845 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
25846 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
25848 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
25850 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
25851 Convert DAYS into a time value.
25853 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
25855 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
25856 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
25857 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
25859 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
25861 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
25863 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
25864 Subtract two time values.
25865 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
25867 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
25869 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
25870 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
25872 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
25874 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
25875 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
25876 DATE should be a date-time string.
25878 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
25880 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
25881 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
25882 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
25884 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
25886 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
25887 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
25889 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
25891 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
25892 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
25894 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
25896 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
25897 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
25898 TIME should be a time value.
25899 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
25901 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
25903 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
25904 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
25905 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
25907 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
25911 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
25912 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17178 22154))
25913 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
25915 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
25916 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
25917 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
25918 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
25919 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
25920 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
25921 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
25922 look like one of the following:
25925 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
25926 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
25927 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
25928 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
25929 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
25930 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
25935 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
25936 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
25937 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
25939 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25943 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
25944 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
25945 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
25946 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
25947 ;;;;;; (17178 20480))
25948 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
25950 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
25951 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
25952 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
25953 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
25954 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
25955 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
25956 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
25957 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
25958 display (non-nil means on).
25960 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25962 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
25963 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
25964 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
25965 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
25966 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
25967 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
25968 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
25969 this function is called within a day.
25971 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
25972 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
25973 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
25974 discover the name of the project.
25976 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
25978 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
25979 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
25980 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
25981 begun during the last time segment.
25983 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
25984 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
25985 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
25986 discover the reason.
25988 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
25990 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
25991 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
25992 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
25993 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
25994 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
25996 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
25998 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
25999 Change to working on a different project.
26000 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
26001 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
26002 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
26005 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
26007 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
26008 Ask the user whether to clock out.
26009 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
26013 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
26014 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
26015 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
26019 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
26020 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
26021 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
26022 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
26023 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
26024 \"relative to today\".
26026 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
26028 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
26029 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
26030 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
26031 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
26033 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
26035 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
26036 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
26037 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
26038 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
26039 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
26040 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
26042 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
26046 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
26047 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
26048 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17178 22144))
26049 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
26051 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
26053 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
26054 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
26056 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
26058 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
26059 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
26061 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
26063 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
26064 Perform an action at time TIME.
26065 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
26066 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
26067 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
26068 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
26069 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
26070 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
26072 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
26074 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26076 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
26077 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
26078 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
26079 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
26080 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
26082 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
26084 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26086 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
26087 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
26088 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
26089 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
26091 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
26093 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
26094 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
26095 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
26096 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
26098 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
26099 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
26101 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
26103 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26104 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
26106 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
26107 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
26108 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
26109 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
26110 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
26111 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
26114 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
26118 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
26119 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17178 20480))
26120 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
26122 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
26123 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
26124 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
26125 the generated Quail package is saved.
26127 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
26129 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
26130 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
26131 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
26132 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
26133 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
26134 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
26135 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
26137 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
26141 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
26142 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17178
26144 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
26146 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
26149 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26151 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
26154 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26156 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
26157 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
26158 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
26161 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26165 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
26166 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17178 22155))
26167 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
26168 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
26169 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
26170 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
26172 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
26173 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
26174 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
26175 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
26176 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
26178 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
26180 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
26181 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
26182 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
26183 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
26184 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
26186 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26188 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
26189 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
26190 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
26191 in the menu in two ways:
26192 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
26193 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
26194 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
26196 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
26197 keymap or an alist of alists.
26198 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
26199 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
26201 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
26205 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
26206 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
26207 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17178 20480))
26208 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
26210 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
26211 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
26215 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
26216 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
26218 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
26220 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
26221 Insert new TODO list entry.
26222 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
26227 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
26228 List top priorities for each category.
26230 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
26231 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
26233 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
26234 between each category.
26236 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
26238 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
26239 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
26240 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
26241 between each category.
26243 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
26245 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
26247 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
26248 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
26254 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
26255 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
26259 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
26266 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
26267 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
26268 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (17178 22155))
26269 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
26271 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
26272 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
26273 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26274 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26275 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
26277 (custom-autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar")
26279 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
26281 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
26282 Toggle use of the tool bar.
26283 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
26285 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
26286 conveniently adding tool bar items.
26288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26290 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
26292 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
26293 Add an item to the tool bar.
26294 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
26295 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
26296 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
26297 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
26299 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
26300 function will first try to use lc-ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
26301 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
26302 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
26304 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
26305 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
26307 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
26309 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
26310 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
26311 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
26312 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
26313 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
26314 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
26316 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
26317 function will first try to use lc-ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
26318 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
26319 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
26321 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
26323 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
26324 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
26325 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
26326 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
26327 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
26328 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
26329 properties to add to the binding.
26331 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
26333 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
26334 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
26336 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
26338 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
26339 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
26340 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
26341 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
26342 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
26343 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
26344 properties to add to the binding.
26346 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
26348 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
26352 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
26353 ;;;;;; (17178 22144))
26354 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
26356 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
26357 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
26358 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26359 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26360 use either \\[customize] or the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
26362 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt")
26364 (put (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
26366 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
26369 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26371 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
26373 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
26374 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
26380 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
26381 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17178 22144))
26382 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
26384 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
26385 Set scroll margins.
26387 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
26389 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
26390 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
26394 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
26395 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
26401 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17178 22144))
26402 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
26404 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
26405 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
26406 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
26407 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
26408 to a tcp server on another machine.
26410 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
26414 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
26415 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17178 22144))
26416 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
26418 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
26419 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
26421 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
26423 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
26424 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
26425 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
26426 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
26427 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
26428 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
26429 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
26430 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
26432 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26434 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
26435 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
26436 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
26437 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
26438 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
26439 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
26440 the window or buffer configuration at all.
26442 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26446 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
26447 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
26448 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17178 22151))
26449 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
26451 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
26452 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
26453 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
26455 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
26456 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
26457 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
26458 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
26460 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
26461 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
26462 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
26463 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
26465 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
26466 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
26467 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
26468 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
26469 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
26470 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
26471 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
26472 files which are not really tramp files.
26474 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
26475 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
26476 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
26477 updated after changing this variable.
26479 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
26481 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
26483 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
26484 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
26485 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
26486 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
26488 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
26489 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
26490 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
26491 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
26493 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
26494 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
26495 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
26497 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
26498 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
26499 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
26500 updated after changing this variable.
26502 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
26504 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
26506 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
26507 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
26508 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
26510 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26512 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
26513 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
26514 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
26516 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26518 (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)
26520 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
26524 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
26525 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17178 22154))
26526 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
26527 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
26528 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
26529 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
26531 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
26532 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
26533 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
26534 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
26535 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
26536 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
26537 first and the associated buffer to its right.
26539 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26541 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
26542 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
26543 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
26544 accepting the proposed default buffer.
26546 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
26550 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
26551 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
26552 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
26553 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
26554 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
26555 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
26556 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
26558 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
26559 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
26561 First column's text sSs Second column's text
26564 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
26566 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
26572 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
26573 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
26574 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
26575 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
26576 ;;;;;; (17178 22155))
26577 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
26579 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
26580 Toggle typing break mode.
26581 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
26582 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26583 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
26585 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
26587 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
26588 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
26590 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
26592 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
26593 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
26595 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
26596 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
26597 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
26599 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
26600 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
26602 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
26604 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
26605 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
26607 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
26608 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
26609 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
26610 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
26612 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break")
26614 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
26615 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
26616 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
26618 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
26619 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
26620 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
26621 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
26622 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
26623 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
26625 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
26626 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
26627 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
26628 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
26630 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
26631 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
26633 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
26634 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
26636 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
26638 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
26639 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
26640 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
26642 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
26643 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
26644 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
26645 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
26646 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
26647 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
26648 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
26650 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
26651 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
26653 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
26654 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
26655 reset the keystroke counter.
26657 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
26658 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
26659 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
26660 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
26662 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
26663 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
26664 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
26665 `type-break-schedule' command.
26667 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
26668 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
26669 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
26670 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
26671 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
26672 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
26673 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
26674 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
26675 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
26677 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
26678 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
26679 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
26680 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
26681 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
26683 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
26684 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
26685 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
26686 approximate good values for this.
26688 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
26689 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
26691 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
26692 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
26693 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
26694 `type-break-warning-repeat'
26695 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
26696 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
26698 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
26699 a typing break occur. They include:
26701 `type-break-query-mode'
26702 `type-break-query-function'
26703 `type-break-query-interval'
26705 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
26707 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
26708 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
26709 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
26712 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
26714 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
26715 Take a typing break.
26717 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
26718 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
26720 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
26721 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
26725 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
26726 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
26727 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
26728 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
26732 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
26733 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
26735 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
26736 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
26737 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
26738 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
26739 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
26740 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
26741 average typing speed.)
26743 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
26744 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
26745 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
26746 the computed maximum threshold.
26748 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
26749 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
26750 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
26751 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
26752 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
26754 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
26758 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
26759 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17178 22154))
26760 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
26762 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
26763 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
26764 Works by overstriking underscores.
26765 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
26766 which specify the range to operate on.
26768 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26770 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
26771 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
26772 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
26773 which specify the range to operate on.
26775 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26779 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
26780 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17178 22151))
26781 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
26783 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
26784 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
26785 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
26789 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
26790 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
26791 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
26792 following the containing message.
26798 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
26799 ;;;;;; (17178 22151))
26800 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
26802 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
26803 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
26804 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
26805 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
26806 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
26807 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
26811 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
26812 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
26814 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
26818 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17178
26820 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
26822 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
26823 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
26824 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
26825 of symbols with local bindings.
26827 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
26831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (17178 22157))
26832 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
26834 (defvar url-configuration-directory "~/.url")
26838 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
26839 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17178 22155))
26840 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
26842 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
26843 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
26844 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
26846 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
26847 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
26848 `url-generic-parse-url'
26849 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
26850 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
26851 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
26853 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
26854 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
26855 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
26856 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
26857 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
26858 what type of auth to use
26859 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
26860 if one cannot be found in the cache
26862 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
26864 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
26865 Register an HTTP authentication method.
26867 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
26868 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
26869 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
26870 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
26871 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
26872 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
26873 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
26874 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
26876 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
26880 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
26881 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17178
26883 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
26885 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
26886 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
26888 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
26890 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
26891 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
26893 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26895 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
26896 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
26898 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
26900 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
26901 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
26903 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
26907 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17178 22156))
26908 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
26910 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
26913 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26917 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cookie-setup-save-timer url-cookie-handle-set-cookie
26918 ;;;;;; url-cookie-generate-header-lines url-cookie-retrieve url-cookie-write-file
26919 ;;;;;; url-cookie-parse-file) "url-cookie" "url/url-cookie.el" (17178
26921 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cookie.el
26923 (autoload (quote url-cookie-parse-file) "url-cookie" "\
26926 \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil)
26928 (autoload (quote url-cookie-write-file) "url-cookie" "\
26931 \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil)
26933 (autoload (quote url-cookie-retrieve) "url-cookie" "\
26934 Retrieve all the netscape-style cookies for a specified HOST and LOCALPART.
26936 \(fn HOST LOCALPART &optional SECURE)" nil nil)
26938 (autoload (quote url-cookie-generate-header-lines) "url-cookie" "\
26941 \(fn HOST LOCALPART SECURE)" nil nil)
26943 (autoload (quote url-cookie-handle-set-cookie) "url-cookie" "\
26946 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26948 (autoload (quote url-cookie-setup-save-timer) "url-cookie" "\
26949 Reset the cookie saver timer.
26955 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
26956 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17178 22156))
26957 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
26959 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
26962 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26964 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
26967 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26971 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17178
26973 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
26975 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
26976 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
26978 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
26982 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
26983 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17178 22156))
26984 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
26986 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
26987 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
26991 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
26992 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
26993 Args per `open-network-stream'.
26994 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
26996 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
27000 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
27001 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17178
27003 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
27005 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
27006 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
27007 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27008 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27009 use either \\[customize] or the function `url-handler-mode'.")
27011 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers")
27013 (put (quote url-handler-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
27015 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
27016 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
27018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27020 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
27021 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
27022 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
27023 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
27024 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
27025 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
27026 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
27027 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
27028 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
27030 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
27032 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
27033 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
27034 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
27037 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
27039 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
27042 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
27046 ;;;### (autoloads (url-history-save-history url-history-parse-history
27047 ;;;;;; url-history-setup-save-timer) "url-history" "url/url-history.el"
27048 ;;;;;; (17178 22156))
27049 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-history.el
27051 (autoload (quote url-history-setup-save-timer) "url-history" "\
27052 Reset the history list timer.
27056 (autoload (quote url-history-parse-history) "url-history" "\
27057 Parse a history file stored in FNAME.
27059 \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil)
27061 (autoload (quote url-history-save-history) "url-history" "\
27062 Write the global history file into `url-history-file'.
27063 The type of data written is determined by what is in the file to begin
27064 with. If the type of storage cannot be determined, then prompt the
27065 user for what type to save as.
27067 \(fn &optional FNAME)" t nil)
27071 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
27072 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17178 22156))
27073 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
27075 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
27076 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
27077 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
27078 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
27079 CBARGS as the arguments.
27081 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
27083 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
27086 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27088 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
27090 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
27093 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
27095 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
27096 Returns a property list describing options available for URL.
27097 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
27099 Property list members:
27102 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
27106 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
27110 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
27113 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
27116 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
27117 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
27118 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
27121 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27125 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17178 22156))
27126 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
27128 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
27131 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27135 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17178
27137 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
27139 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
27140 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
27141 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
27142 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
27143 `url-generic-parse-url'.
27145 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27149 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
27150 ;;;;;; (17178 22156))
27151 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
27153 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
27156 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27158 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
27159 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
27161 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27165 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
27166 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17178 22156))
27167 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
27169 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
27170 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
27172 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27174 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
27175 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
27177 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27179 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
27182 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27184 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
27186 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
27188 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
27190 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
27191 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
27193 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27197 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
27198 ;;;;;; (17178 22156))
27199 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
27201 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
27204 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27206 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
27209 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27213 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
27214 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
27215 ;;;;;; (17178 22156))
27216 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
27218 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
27221 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
27223 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
27226 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
27228 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
27231 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
27233 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
27236 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
27238 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
27241 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
27243 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
27246 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
27248 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
27251 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
27255 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
27256 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17178 22156))
27257 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
27259 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
27260 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
27262 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
27264 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
27265 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
27267 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
27269 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27273 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
27274 ;;;;;; (17178 22156))
27275 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
27277 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
27284 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
27285 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
27286 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
27287 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
27288 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
27289 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
27290 ;;;;;; (17178 22157))
27291 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
27293 (defvar url-debug nil "\
27294 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
27295 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
27297 If t, all messages will be logged.
27298 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
27299 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
27301 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util")
27303 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
27306 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27308 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
27311 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
27313 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
27314 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
27315 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
27316 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
27317 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
27323 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27325 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
27326 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
27327 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
27329 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27331 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
27332 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
27333 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
27335 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27337 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
27338 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
27340 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
27342 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
27343 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
27347 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
27348 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
27352 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
27357 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
27360 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27362 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
27365 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
27367 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
27368 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
27370 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
27372 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
27375 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
27377 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
27378 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
27379 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
27380 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
27381 forbidden in URL encoding.
27383 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
27385 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
27386 Escape characters in a string.
27388 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27390 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
27391 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
27392 If optional variable X is t,
27393 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
27395 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
27397 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
27398 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
27399 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
27401 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
27403 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
27404 View the current document's URL.
27405 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
27408 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
27410 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
27414 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
27415 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17178 22157))
27416 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
27418 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
27419 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
27420 This function has a choice of three things to do:
27421 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
27422 to refrain from editing the file
27423 return t (grab the lock on the file)
27424 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
27425 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
27426 in any way you like.
27428 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
27430 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
27431 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
27432 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
27433 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
27434 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
27436 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
27437 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
27443 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
27444 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
27445 ;;;;;; (17178 22146))
27446 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
27448 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
27449 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
27450 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
27451 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
27453 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
27455 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
27456 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
27457 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
27459 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
27461 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
27462 Uudecode region between START and END.
27463 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
27465 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
27469 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
27470 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
27471 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
27472 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
27473 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
27474 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
27475 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17178 22157))
27476 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
27478 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
27479 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
27482 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
27484 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
27485 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
27486 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
27488 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
27490 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
27491 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
27494 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
27496 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
27497 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
27499 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
27501 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
27502 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
27504 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
27506 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
27507 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
27508 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
27509 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
27510 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
27511 somebody else, signal error.
27513 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27515 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
27516 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
27517 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
27518 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
27519 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
27521 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27523 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
27524 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
27525 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
27526 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
27527 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
27528 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
27529 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
27530 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
27531 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
27532 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
27533 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
27535 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
27537 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
27538 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
27540 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
27541 it will operate on the file in the current line.
27543 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
27544 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
27545 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
27546 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
27547 lock steals will raise an error.
27549 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
27551 For RCS and SCCS files:
27552 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
27554 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
27555 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
27556 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
27557 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
27558 it performs a revert.
27559 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
27560 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
27561 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
27562 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
27563 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
27564 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
27565 the option to steal the lock.
27568 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
27569 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
27570 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
27571 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
27572 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
27573 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
27574 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
27575 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
27576 merge in the changes into your working copy.
27578 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
27580 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
27581 Register the current file into a version control system.
27582 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
27583 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
27585 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
27586 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
27587 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
27588 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
27589 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
27590 first backend that could register the file is used.
27592 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
27594 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
27595 Display diffs between file versions.
27596 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
27597 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
27598 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
27599 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
27600 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
27603 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
27605 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
27606 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
27607 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
27608 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
27612 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
27613 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
27614 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
27615 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
27619 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
27620 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
27621 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
27622 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
27623 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
27624 from the current branch.
27626 See Info node `Merging'.
27630 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
27632 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
27633 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
27635 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
27637 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
27638 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
27640 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
27642 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
27643 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
27644 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
27645 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
27646 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
27647 are checked out in that new branch.
27649 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
27651 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
27652 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
27653 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
27654 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
27655 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
27656 allowed and simply skipped).
27658 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
27660 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
27661 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
27662 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
27664 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
27666 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
27667 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
27668 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
27669 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
27670 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
27674 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
27675 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
27676 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
27677 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
27678 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
27679 the current branch are merged into the working file.
27683 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
27684 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
27685 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
27687 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
27689 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
27690 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
27691 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
27692 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
27693 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
27694 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
27695 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
27697 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
27699 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
27700 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
27701 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
27702 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
27703 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
27704 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
27705 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
27706 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
27707 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
27709 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
27711 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
27712 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
27714 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
27716 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
27717 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
27718 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
27721 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
27723 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
27724 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
27725 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
27727 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
27728 log entries should be gathered.
27730 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27732 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
27733 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
27735 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
27736 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
27737 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
27738 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
27739 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
27740 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
27742 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
27743 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
27744 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
27745 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
27746 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
27747 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
27748 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
27749 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
27751 Customization variables:
27753 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
27754 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
27755 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
27756 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
27758 \(fn PREFIX &optional REVISION DISPLAY-MODE)" t nil)
27762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17178 22157))
27763 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
27764 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
27765 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
27768 (vc-arch-registered file))))
27772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17178 22157))
27773 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
27774 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
27775 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
27776 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
27778 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
27782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17178 22157))
27783 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
27784 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
27785 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
27788 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
27792 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
27793 ;;;;;; (17178 22157))
27794 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
27796 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
27797 *Where to look for RCS master files.
27798 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
27800 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
27801 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
27805 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
27806 ;;;;;; (17178 22157))
27807 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
27809 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
27810 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
27811 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
27813 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
27814 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
27816 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
27817 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
27818 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
27819 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
27823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17178 22157))
27824 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
27825 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
27826 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
27827 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
27829 (vc-svn-registered f)))
27831 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
27835 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
27836 ;;;;;; (17178 22153))
27837 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
27839 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
27840 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
27845 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
27846 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
27847 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
27848 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
27849 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
27850 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
27851 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
27852 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
27853 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
27855 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
27856 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
27857 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
27858 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
27860 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
27861 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
27862 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
27863 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
27864 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
27866 Template styles can be customized in customization group
27867 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
27871 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
27872 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
27873 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
27877 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
27878 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
27879 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
27880 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
27882 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
27883 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
27884 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
27885 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
27886 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
27890 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
27891 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
27892 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
27893 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
27895 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
27896 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
27897 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
27898 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
27899 beginning with \"std\").
27901 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
27902 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
27903 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
27908 `--' puts a single comment.
27909 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
27910 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
27911 with a comment in between.
27912 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
27913 out following lines.
27914 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
27915 uncomments a region if already commented out.
27917 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
27918 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
27919 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
27920 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
27921 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
27924 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
27925 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
27926 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
27927 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
27928 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
27929 multi-line comments.
27933 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
27934 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
27935 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
27936 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
27938 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
27939 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
27940 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
27941 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
27943 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
27944 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
27947 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
27948 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
27952 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
27953 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
27954 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
27955 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
27956 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
27957 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
27958 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
27959 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
27961 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
27962 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
27963 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
27964 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
27965 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
27968 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
27969 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
27970 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
27972 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
27973 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
27977 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
27978 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
27979 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
27980 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
27981 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
27982 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
27985 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
27986 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
27987 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
27988 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
27991 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
27995 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
27996 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
27997 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
27998 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
27999 internal signal initializations (menu).
28001 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
28002 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
28003 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
28005 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
28006 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
28007 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
28008 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
28009 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
28010 in subsequent paste operations.)
28012 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
28013 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
28014 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
28017 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
28018 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
28019 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
28020 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
28021 association list with formals).
28024 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
28025 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
28026 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
28027 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
28028 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
28029 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
28030 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
28031 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
28036 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
28040 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
28044 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
28045 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
28046 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
28048 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
28049 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
28052 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
28053 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
28054 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
28055 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
28057 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
28058 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
28059 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
28061 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
28062 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
28063 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
28064 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
28066 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
28067 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
28068 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
28069 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
28070 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
28072 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
28073 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
28074 required by secondary units.
28077 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
28078 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
28079 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
28080 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
28081 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
28082 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
28083 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
28084 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
28085 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
28086 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
28087 inputs to this component -> input port created
28088 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
28089 outputs from this component -> output port created
28090 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
28091 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
28093 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
28094 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
28095 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
28096 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
28097 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
28099 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
28100 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
28102 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
28103 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
28104 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
28105 component instantiation is also supported (option
28106 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
28108 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
28109 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
28110 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
28111 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
28112 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
28113 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
28114 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
28115 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
28116 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
28117 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
28118 | generating the configuration.
28120 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
28121 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
28122 | configurations in speedbar.
28124 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
28127 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
28128 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
28129 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
28130 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
28131 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
28132 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
28133 information. New compilers can be added.
28135 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
28136 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
28139 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
28140 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
28141 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
28142 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
28143 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
28145 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
28148 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
28149 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
28150 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
28152 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
28153 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
28154 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
28155 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
28156 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
28157 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
28158 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
28161 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
28162 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
28163 not (yet) supported.
28164 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
28165 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
28166 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
28170 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
28171 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
28172 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
28173 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
28174 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
28175 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
28176 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
28177 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
28179 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
28180 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
28181 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
28182 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
28183 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
28184 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
28185 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
28186 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
28187 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
28188 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
28189 `vhdl-project-alist'.
28193 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
28194 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
28195 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
28196 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
28197 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
28198 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
28199 current directory for VHDL source files.
28203 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
28204 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
28208 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
28209 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
28210 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
28211 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
28212 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
28213 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
28214 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
28215 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
28218 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
28219 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
28220 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
28221 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
28222 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
28223 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
28224 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
28226 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
28227 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
28228 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
28229 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
28230 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
28231 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
28233 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
28234 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
28235 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
28236 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
28237 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
28240 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
28241 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
28242 highlighted if written in lower case.
28244 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
28245 highlighted using a different background color if option
28246 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
28248 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
28249 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
28250 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
28251 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
28252 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
28256 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
28257 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
28258 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
28262 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
28263 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
28264 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
28265 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
28266 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
28270 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
28271 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
28273 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
28274 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
28275 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
28276 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
28277 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
28278 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
28279 (used to obtain the port names).
28283 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
28284 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
28288 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
28289 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
28290 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
28291 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
28292 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
28293 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
28294 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
28299 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
28300 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
28301 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
28302 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
28303 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
28305 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
28306 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
28307 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
28308 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
28309 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
28312 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
28313 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
28317 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
28318 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
28319 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
28321 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
28325 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
28326 a VHDL file first, use the command:
28328 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
28330 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
28332 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
28336 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
28342 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
28343 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
28345 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
28347 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
28348 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
28349 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
28350 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
28352 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
28353 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
28354 where the latest version can be found.
28360 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
28361 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
28362 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
28365 The VHDL Mode Authors
28366 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
28377 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17178 20480))
28378 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
28380 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
28381 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
28382 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
28383 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
28385 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
28386 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
28387 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
28388 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
28389 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
28391 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
28392 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
28394 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
28396 * Limitations and unsupported features
28397 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
28399 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
28400 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
28403 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
28404 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
28405 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
28406 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
28407 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
28408 for undoing a repeated change command.
28409 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
28410 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
28411 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
28414 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
28415 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
28416 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
28417 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
28418 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
28419 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
28420 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
28421 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
28423 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
28429 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
28430 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
28431 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
28432 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17178 20481))
28433 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
28435 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
28436 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
28438 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
28440 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
28441 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
28442 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
28443 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
28445 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28447 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
28448 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
28452 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
28453 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
28454 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
28455 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
28457 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28459 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
28460 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
28464 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
28467 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28469 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
28472 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28476 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
28477 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
28478 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17178
28480 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
28482 (defvar view-mode nil "\
28483 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
28484 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
28485 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
28487 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
28489 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
28490 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
28491 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28492 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28493 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28494 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28495 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28497 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28501 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
28502 View FILE in View mode in another window.
28503 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
28504 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28505 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28506 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28507 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28508 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28510 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28514 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
28515 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
28516 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
28517 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28518 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28519 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28520 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28521 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28523 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28527 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
28528 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
28529 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28530 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28531 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28532 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28533 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28535 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28537 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
28538 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
28539 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
28541 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
28543 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
28544 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
28545 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
28546 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28547 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28548 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28549 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28550 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28552 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28554 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
28555 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
28556 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
28558 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
28560 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
28561 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
28562 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
28563 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28564 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28565 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28566 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28567 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28569 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28571 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
28572 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
28573 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
28575 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
28577 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
28578 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
28579 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
28581 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
28582 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
28583 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
28586 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
28587 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
28588 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
28589 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
28590 commands default to a repeat count of one.
28592 H, h, ? This message.
28593 Digits provide prefix arguments.
28594 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
28595 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
28596 > move to the end of buffer.
28597 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
28598 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
28599 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
28600 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
28601 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
28602 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
28603 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
28604 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
28605 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
28606 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
28607 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
28608 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
28609 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
28610 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
28611 Use this to view a changing file.
28612 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
28613 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
28614 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
28616 x exchanges point and mark.
28617 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
28618 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
28619 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
28620 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
28621 ' go to position saved in character register.
28622 s do forward incremental search.
28623 r do reverse incremental search.
28624 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
28625 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
28626 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
28627 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
28628 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
28629 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
28630 p searches backward for last regular expression.
28631 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
28632 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
28633 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
28634 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
28635 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
28636 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
28637 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
28638 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
28639 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
28640 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
28642 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
28643 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
28644 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
28645 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
28646 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
28647 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
28648 will return to that buffer.
28650 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28652 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28654 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
28655 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
28656 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
28657 `view-return-to-alist'.
28658 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
28659 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
28660 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
28662 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
28663 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
28664 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
28665 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
28666 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
28668 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
28669 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
28670 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
28671 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
28673 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28675 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28677 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
28679 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
28680 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
28686 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17178
28688 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
28690 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
28691 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
28695 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
28696 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
28702 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
28703 ;;;;;; (17178 22144))
28704 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
28706 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
28707 Toggle Viper on/off.
28708 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
28712 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
28713 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Viper'.
28719 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
28720 ;;;;;; (17178 22144))
28721 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
28723 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
28724 Function to generate warning prefixes.
28725 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
28726 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
28727 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
28728 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
28729 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
28730 the beginning of the warning.")
28732 (defvar warning-series nil "\
28733 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
28734 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
28735 which is the start of the current series; it means that
28736 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
28737 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
28738 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
28739 also call that function before the next warning.")
28741 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
28742 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
28744 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
28745 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
28746 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
28747 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
28749 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
28750 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
28751 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
28752 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
28753 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
28754 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
28756 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
28757 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
28759 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
28760 if you do not attend to it promptly.
28761 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
28762 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
28763 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
28764 :debug -- info for debugging only.
28766 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
28767 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
28769 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
28771 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
28772 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
28774 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
28776 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
28777 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
28778 Aside from generating the message with `format',
28779 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
28781 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol).
28782 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
28783 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
28784 can be whatever you like.)
28786 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
28787 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
28789 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
28790 if you do not attend to it promptly.
28791 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
28792 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
28793 :debug -- info for debugging only.
28795 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28797 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
28798 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
28799 Aside from generating the message with `format',
28800 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
28801 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
28803 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28807 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
28808 ;;;;;; (17178 22157))
28809 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
28811 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
28812 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
28813 \\<wdired-mode-map>
28814 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
28815 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
28824 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17178 22151))
28825 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
28827 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
28828 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
28830 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
28833 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
28840 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
28841 ;;;;;; (17178 22153))
28842 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
28843 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
28844 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
28846 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
28848 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
28849 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
28850 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28851 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28852 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
28854 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
28856 (put (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
28858 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
28859 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
28860 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
28861 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
28863 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
28866 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28870 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
28871 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
28872 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
28873 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
28874 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
28875 ;;;;;; (17178 22157))
28876 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
28878 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
28879 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
28883 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
28884 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
28888 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
28889 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
28893 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
28894 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
28898 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
28899 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
28903 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
28904 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
28906 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
28907 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
28908 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
28909 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
28910 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
28912 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
28914 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
28915 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
28917 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
28919 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
28920 Check the region for whitespace errors.
28924 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
28925 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
28927 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
28928 whitespace problems.
28932 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
28933 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
28937 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
28939 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
28940 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
28941 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28942 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28943 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
28945 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
28947 (put (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
28949 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
28950 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
28951 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
28953 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
28954 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
28956 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28958 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
28959 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
28960 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
28966 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
28967 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17178 22157))
28968 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
28970 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
28971 Browse the widget under point.
28975 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
28976 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
28978 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
28980 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
28981 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
28983 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
28985 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
28986 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
28987 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
28989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28993 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
28994 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17178
28996 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
28998 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
28999 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
29001 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
29003 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
29004 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
29005 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
29007 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
29009 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
29010 Create widget of TYPE.
29011 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
29013 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29015 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
29018 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
29020 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
29021 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
29023 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29025 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
29026 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
29027 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
29029 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
29030 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
29036 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
29037 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17178
29039 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
29041 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
29042 Select the window to the left of the current one.
29043 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
29044 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
29045 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
29046 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
29047 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29051 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
29052 Select the window above the current one.
29053 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
29054 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
29055 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
29056 negative ARG) of the current window.
29057 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29061 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
29062 Select the window to the right of the current one.
29063 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
29064 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
29065 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
29066 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
29067 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29071 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
29072 Select the window below the current one.
29073 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
29074 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
29075 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
29076 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
29077 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29081 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
29082 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
29083 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
29084 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
29086 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
29090 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
29091 ;;;;;; (17178 22157))
29092 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
29094 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
29095 Toggle Winner mode.
29096 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29097 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
29099 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
29101 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
29102 Toggle Winner mode.
29103 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
29105 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29109 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
29110 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17178 22157))
29111 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
29113 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
29114 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
29115 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
29116 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
29117 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
29118 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
29119 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
29120 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
29122 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
29123 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
29125 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
29127 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
29128 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
29132 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
29133 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
29134 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
29135 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
29136 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
29137 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
29138 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
29139 `woman' command for further details.
29141 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
29145 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
29146 ;;;;;; (17178 22144))
29147 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
29149 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
29150 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
29153 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
29154 are not implemented
29155 - Options for search and replace
29156 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
29157 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
29159 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
29162 The key bindings are:
29172 C-i indent-for-tab-command
29174 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
29175 C-l ws-repeat-search
29178 C-r scroll-down-line
29185 C-y kill-complete-line
29188 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
29189 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
29190 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
29191 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
29192 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
29193 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
29194 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
29195 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
29196 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
29197 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
29198 C-k b ws-begin-block
29199 C-k c ws-copy-block
29200 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
29202 C-k h ws-show-markers
29203 C-k i ws-indent-block
29205 C-k p ws-print-block
29208 C-k s save-some-buffers
29210 C-k u ws-exdent-block
29211 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
29212 C-k v ws-move-block
29213 C-k w ws-write-block
29215 C-k y ws-delete-block
29217 C-o c wordstar-center-line
29218 C-o b switch-to-buffer
29219 C-o j justify-current-line
29222 C-o m auto-fill-mode
29223 C-o r set-fill-column
29224 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
29225 C-o wd delete-other-windows
29226 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
29227 C-o wo other-window
29228 C-o wv split-window-vertically
29230 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
29231 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
29232 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
29233 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
29234 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
29235 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
29236 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
29237 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
29238 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
29239 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
29240 C-q a ws-query-replace
29241 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
29242 C-q c end-of-buffer
29245 C-q k ws-to-block-end
29247 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
29248 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
29249 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
29250 C-q w ws-last-error
29252 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
29258 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
29259 ;;;;;; (17178 22157))
29260 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
29262 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
29263 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
29264 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
29265 Returns the top node with all its children.
29266 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
29267 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
29269 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
29271 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
29272 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
29273 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
29274 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
29275 is not well-formed XML.
29276 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
29277 and returned as the first element of the list.
29278 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
29280 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
29284 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17178
29286 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
29288 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
29289 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
29290 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
29291 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29292 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
29294 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
29296 (put (quote xterm-mouse-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
29298 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
29299 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
29300 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
29302 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
29303 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
29304 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
29305 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
29306 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
29307 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
29309 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29313 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
29314 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17178 22146))
29315 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
29317 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
29318 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
29320 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29322 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
29323 Extract file name from an yenc header.
29329 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
29330 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17178 22152))
29331 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
29333 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
29334 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
29336 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
29338 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
29339 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
29341 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
29343 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
29344 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
29345 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
29347 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
29349 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
29350 Zippy goes to the analyst.
29356 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17178 22152))
29357 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
29359 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
29360 Zone out, completely.
29366 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
29367 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (17178 22151))
29368 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
29370 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
29371 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
29375 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
29376 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
29378 Zone-mode does two things:
29380 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
29381 when saving the file
29389 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el"
29390 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
29391 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
29392 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
29393 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
29394 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
29395 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
29396 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
29397 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
29398 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
29399 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
29400 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
29401 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
29402 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
29403 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el"
29404 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
29405 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
29406 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
29407 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
29408 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
29409 ;;;;;; "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
29410 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
29411 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
29412 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
29413 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
29414 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
29415 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
29416 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
29417 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
29418 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
29419 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
29420 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
29421 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
29422 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
29423 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
29424 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
29425 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
29426 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
29427 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
29428 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
29429 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
29430 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
29431 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
29432 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
29433 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
29434 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el"
29435 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
29436 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/dig.el"
29437 ;;;;;; "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
29438 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
29439 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
29440 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el"
29441 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
29442 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
29443 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
29444 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
29445 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
29446 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
29447 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
29448 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
29449 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
29450 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
29451 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
29452 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
29453 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
29454 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
29455 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
29456 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pgg-def.el"
29457 ;;;;;; "gnus/pgg-gpg.el" "gnus/pgg-parse.el" "gnus/pgg-pgp.el" "gnus/pgg-pgp5.el"
29458 ;;;;;; "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el"
29459 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
29460 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el"
29461 ;;;;;; "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el"
29462 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/iso-insert.el"
29463 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-cnv.el" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
29464 ;;;;;; "international/latin-1.el" "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el"
29465 ;;;;;; "international/latin-4.el" "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el"
29466 ;;;;;; "international/latin-9.el" "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
29467 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
29468 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
29469 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
29470 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-7.el" "international/utf-8.el"
29471 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
29472 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
29473 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
29474 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
29475 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
29476 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
29477 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
29478 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
29479 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
29480 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
29481 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
29482 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
29483 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-customize.el"
29484 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
29485 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-index.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
29486 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-pick.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el"
29487 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el"
29488 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
29489 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el"
29490 ;;;;;; "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-ftp.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el"
29491 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
29492 ;;;;;; "obsolete/bg-mouse.el" "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el"
29493 ;;;;;; "obsolete/iso-swed.el" "obsolete/keyswap.el" "obsolete/mlsupport.el"
29494 ;;;;;; "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/rnews.el"
29495 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el"
29496 ;;;;;; "obsolete/swedish.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el"
29497 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-menu.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el"
29498 ;;;;;; "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el"
29499 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
29500 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
29501 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
29502 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/cc-vars.el"
29503 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el"
29504 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
29505 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
29506 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
29507 ;;;;;; "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el" "register.el"
29508 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "scroll-bar.el"
29509 ;;;;;; "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el"
29510 ;;;;;; "subr.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el" "term/apollo.el" "term/bobcat.el"
29511 ;;;;;; "term/cygwin.el" "term/internal.el" "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/linux.el"
29512 ;;;;;; "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el"
29513 ;;;;;; "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el"
29514 ;;;;;; "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el" "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el"
29515 ;;;;;; "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el" "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el"
29516 ;;;;;; "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el" "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el"
29517 ;;;;;; "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el" "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el"
29518 ;;;;;; "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/fill.el"
29519 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el"
29520 ;;;;;; "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
29521 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
29522 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el"
29523 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
29524 ;;;;;; "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-dired.el"
29525 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-https.el" "url/url-imap.el"
29526 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
29527 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
29528 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
29529 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
29530 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (17178 25595 473948))
29534 ;;; Local Variables:
29535 ;;; version-control: never
29536 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
29537 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
29539 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here